Skip to main content

Full text of "Practical notes on moral training : especially addressed to parents and teachers"

See other formats


MORAL  TRAINING 


PREFACE    f3V 


:IRR  ,\v.i  V 


CANADIAN 

MESSENGER 

LIBRARY 


REGIS 

BIBL, 
COLLEGE 


Section 

•,fr    PRACTICAL    NOTES 

ON    MORAL  TRAINING 


ESPECIALLY  ADDRESSED  TO  PARENTS 
AND  TEACHERS 


WITH  PREFACE  RV 

FATHER    GALLWEY,    S.J. 


FOURTH    EDITION 


EGIS 
L   MAJ. 


LONDON:    BURNS    &    GATES,    LIMITED 

NEW    YORK,    CINCINNATI,    CHICAGO!    BENZIGER    BROTHERS 


"iiijy 


4 


CONTENTS. 


Chap.  page 

Preface       .                                     ,  v 

I.   Early  Education          ......  ' 

II.    Instruction 10 

III.  Example 23 

IV.  Discipline  observed  and  maintained     ...  -9 
V.    Life,  interior  and  exterior 4<i 

VI.    Unselfishness 60 

VII.   Decision  and  Resolution      .....  (>7 

VIII.   Temper,  Criticism,  and  Sympathy       .  S.> 

IX.   Timidity.  Diffidence,  and  Reserve       ...  107 

X.   On  True  Principle 121 

XI.   On  the  Moral  Virtues «34 

XII.  On  being  True  and  Trusty .         ....  i(>' 

XIII.   Humility  and  Simplicity '77 


PREFACE. 


THIS  little  volume  on  education  appears  without 
the  name  of  the  writer  to  whom  we  are  indebted 
for  it.  For  one  reason  this  is  to  be  regretted, 
since  the  name  of  the  authoress  would  be  a  guar 
antee  that  this  is  not  the  work  of  a  stay-at-home 
traveller,  who  is  only  pilfering  from  the  diaries 
of  those  who  have  borne  the  burden  and  the 
heat  of  the  day,  but  a  volume  of  genuine  jottings 
by  the  way.  The  writer  has  travelled  over  every 
foot  of  the  ground  described.  Possibly  this  is 
one  reason  why  the  volume  is  not  bulky.  For 
as  it  is  said  that  sermons  are  shorter  when  the 
preacher  is  careful  to  practise  all  that  he 
preaches  before  he  goes  into  the  pulpit,  so  is 
it  natural  that  a  volume  on  education  should 
be  short  if  all  the  suggestions  it  contains  are 
the  results  of  hard-earned  experience.  The 
authoress  of  these  pages  has  spent  her  best  days 
in  the  school-room,  either  forming  directly  the 
minds  of  children  or  training  their  teachers  in 
their  difficult  art.  As  might  therefore  be  ex 
pected,  this  is  a  volume  well  stocked  with  practical 
hints  on  «•)  great  variety  of  subjects  connected 


vi  Preface. 

with  education,  both  as  regards  the  culture  of 
the  intellect  and  the  formation  of  the  moral 
character.  I  am  much  mistaken  if  it  do  not 
become  a  very  popular  book,  not  only  in  con 
vents  and  houses  of  education,  but  also  in  family 
drawing-rooms.  Fathers  and  mothers  will,  I 
think,  when  they  have  read  a  few  pages  of  this 
little  treatise  on  education,  be  struck  with  the 
value  of  the  suggestions  which  they  meet  with 
in  every  chapter,  and  will  wish  that  they  had 
become  acquainted  with  it  at  an  earlier  stage 
of  their  married  life. 

Principiis  obsta,  sero  medicina  paratur, 

is  a  familiar  Latin  axiom.  Watch  over  the 
early  beginnings  of  passions  and  apply  remedies 
in  good  time.  Otherwise  you  will  find  later  on 
that  your  labour  is  in  vain.  Children  before 
they  can  articulate  a  word  are  capable  of  being 
helped  towards  virtue  or  disposed  towards  the 
indulgence  of  their  passions.  It  is  therefore  a 
blessing  for  them  if  their  parents,  or  those  who 
have  charge  of  them,  are  from  the  beginning 
acquainted  with  the  judicious  rules  and  sound 
principles  found  in  a  volume  such  as  this  is,  and 
are  from  time  to  time  reminded  of  them. 

The    preface    of  a  condensed    volume    ought 
not  to  be   too  diffuse.     It  would    be   therefore 


Preface.  vii 

inopportune  to  make  many  extracts  here  from 
the  wise  lessons  which  abound  in  the  following 
chapters.  But  it  will  do  no  harm,  I  think,  to 
present  one  specimen  of  the  good  sense  and 
valuable  hints  which  parents  and  teachers  will 
meet  with  in  every  portion  of  this  admirable 
little  work. 

Treating  of  the  habit  of  truthfulness  and  its 
importance,  the  writer  observes  how  those  in 
trusted  with  the  care  of  children  are,  oftentimes, 
without  being  at  all  aware  of  the  mischief  they 
are  working,  forming  those  under  their  charge 
to  habits  of  dissimulation  and  falsehood.  "  If 
the  nurse  is  ill-tempered,  she  is  likely  to  incite 
the  child  to  untruth  and  subterfuge  by  her  threats 
of  severe  punishment  for  mere  acts  of  childish 
mischief.  .  .  .  But  the  case  is  worse  when  the 
school-boy  is  accused  and  punished  for  some 
thing  he  has  not  done  and  menaced  with  still 
further  chastisement  if  he  does  not  acknowledge 
having  committed  the  fault.  .  .  .  To  me  the 
length  to  which  teachers  and  even  parents  will 
sometimes  go  to  convict  a  child  of  a  lie  seems 
as  unwise  as  incomprehensible."  The  authoress 
here  speaks  of  the  school-boy,  but  no  doubt  has 
the  school-girl  equally  before  her  mind.  If  then 
only  this  one  page  were  to  come  under  the  eyes 
of  thusc  who  have  to  train  children,  what  a 


viii  Preface. 

friend  it  would  prove  to  many  a  child  who  bu\ 
for  this  kindly  warning  would  have  been  terrified 
into  the  first  lie.  If  the  Prince  of  the  Apostles 
yielded  before  the  cross-questioning  of  a  serving- 
maid  and  afterwards  shed  so  many  tears  over 
the  frailty  of  that  night,  how  salutary  must  be 
the  caution  here  given  to  parents  and  teachers 
by  this  true  friend  of  children,  that  they  know 
not  what  they  are  doing  when  "  they  investigate, 
examine,  and  cross-question,  looking  so  stern 
and  angry  all  the  time,  as  to  give  the  child  the 
impression  that  they  are  cruel  and  vindictive 
foes  trying  to  entrap  him  in  his  own  words  ". 

This  is  but  an  average  specimen  of  the 
treasures  which  this  volume  contains  in  great 
plenty.  If  then  St.  John  tells  us  that  to  one 
who  brings  a  false  Gospel  we  must  not  say  "  God 
speed,"  is  it  not  right  to  infer  that  to  a  volume 
so  full  of  Christian  truth  and  practical  charity 
we  ought  very  cordially  to  say  "  God  speed  "  ? 

P.  GALLWEY,  S.J. 

Feast  of  our  Lady's  Nativity, 


CHAPTER   1. 

EARLY  EDUCATION. 

Tin-:  aim  of  education  is  to  combine  the  cultivation 
of  the  intellect  with  the  formation  of  the  moral,  and 
the  direction  of  the  spiritual  life,  so  that  each  faculty 
of  body,  mind,  and  soul  shall  be  in  the  highest 
degree  trained  and  fitted  to  fulfil  the  purpose  for 
which  God  endowed  us  with  it.  Education  which 
fails  to  accomplish  this,  is  not  a  true  but  a  false 
education,  it  has  fallen  short  of  its  proper  mission 
and  left  its  appointed  office  unfulfilled.  But  when 
the  work  is  faithfully  performed,  the  soul  of  man 
is  thereby  led  to  the  truest  wisdom  and  highest 
perfection  he  can  aspire  to  in  this  world.  God  is 
known,  served,  and  loved,  and  our  neighbour  also 
for  His  sake,  in  the  way  too  which  His  Divine 
decrees  have  appointed  and  designed  from  all  eternity 
for  ea<  h  of  us.  Our  duties  are  pointed  out  to  us, 
and  we  are  prepared  for  them,  what  is  evil  in  us  i^ 
reproved,  all  that  is  good  is  cultivated  and  developed, 
our  minds  having  been  first  tempered  to  receive  such 
essential  education  or  training  with  childlike  hearts 
and  calm  unsullied  intellects.  We  are  taught  the 


2  Moral  Training 

practice  of  virtue,  sound  principles  are  implanted  in 
our  minds,  the  beauty  and  value  of  truth  are  disclosed 
to  us,  so  that  we  may  seek,  cherish,  and  abide  in 
it  for  ever.  In  a  word,  education  develops  all  the 
good  that  is  in  us,  moulds,  trains,  and  exercises  it 
in  the  best  way,  and  turns  it  to  the  best  account. 
There  is  no  exception  of  classes ;  no  matter  in  what 
position  we  are  placed,  nor  under  what  circumstances, 
nor  the  amount  of  ability  or  talent  we  may  possess, 
good  education  secures  the  like  blessings  for  all,  and 
at  the  snme  time  is  suitable  to  each. 

We  are  apt  to  attribute  too  much  importance  to 
the  amount  of  instruction  the  child  is  to  receive,  and 
lay  too  little  stress  on  the  preparation  needful  to 
enable  the  mind  to  accept  it  and  take  it  in.  The 
labourer  who  sows  his  corn  gives  us  a  practical 
lesson  on  education.  He  knows  it  is  not  for  him  to 
choose  the  ground  he  works  on,  but  it  is  his  business 
to  make  the  best  of  the  ground  he  has.  He  procures 
the  kind  or  sort  of  grain  best  suited  to  the  soil,  and  he 
is  skilled  in  sowing  it  well.  Still  all  this  is  little 
in  his  eyes.  He  knows  the  most  important  thing 
in  the  matter  is,  that  the  ground  should  be  properly 
prepared  beforehand.  So  to  this  preparation  he 
applies  himself  diligently  before  everything  and  above 
everything,  and  to  it,  under  God,  he  attributes  the 
success  of  the  crop.  Now  this  is  just  the  point 
most  neglected  and  overlooked  in  the  education  ol 


Education*  3 

children  ;   we  do  not  draw  out  and  predispose  their 
minds    for   thought,   or   induce  them  to  study  suffi 
ciently,  and  our  method  of  instruction  is  not  always 
attractive.     This  arises  from  a  false  idea  that  children 
when  at  school  can  be  compelled  to  study,  and  even 
made  learned  against  their  will.     In  some  circles  of 
the  wealthy  classes  boys  are  often  found  unable  to 
learn  at  school  ;  the  thoughtless  and  heedless  lives 
they  spend  at  home,  and  the  desire  for  the  amuse 
ments  they  have  been  accustomed  to,  prevent  them 
from  applying  their  minds  to  study,  or  from  working 
steadily  at  their  own  improvement.     Children  do  not 
so  need  diversion,  as  that  we  should  make  strenuous 
efforts   to   amuse   them — it  is  often  better  to  leave 
them  to  their  own  resources,  and  we  shall  see  that 
occupation  brings  the  sweetest  enjoyment ;  they  often 
prefer   work    to    play,    and    they   play   all   the   more 
gleefully  when   the  work  is  over.      A  child  requires 
cheerful    encouragement    in  all   his   little   plans   and 
projects,   which   he  should   be  allowed  to  think  out 
for  himself,  and  to  carry  out  himself  as  far  as  possible, 
particularly  if  they  refer  to  the  comfort  or  benefit  of 
somebody  else.     When  he  has  decided  on  some  work 
within  his  reach,  both  good  and  reasonable,  he  should 
have  an  intelligent  and  trusty  person  to  put  him  in 
the  right  way  of  doing  it,  and  with  the  proper  materials, 
but  on  condition  he  finishes  the  work,  and  finishes 
it    well,  for   much    of  the    boy's    future   career  may 


4  Moral  Training. 

depend  on  those  two  points.  I  am  inclined  to 
believe  that  if  we  asked  the  good  and  thoughtful 
men  of  our  acquaintance  what  it  was  they  enjoyed 
most  in  youth,  and  also  what  helped  most  in  their 
education,  they  would  tell  us  that  it  was  some  study 
they  took  up  of  their  own  accord,  and  which  they 
prosecuted  silently  and  with  success,  or  a  talent  for 
mechanism  which  they  displayed  in  childhood  and 
were  allowed  to  cultivate.  In  either  case,  and  in 
every  case,  we  shall  find,  that  education  only  begins 
when  the  child,  discovering  its  power  of  thinking, 
utilizes  that  power.  Education  progresses  as  the 
mind  expands  to  the  perception  of  all  that  is  good 
and  noble.  Under  this  method  the  boy  seeks 
happiness  in  his  own  soul,  he  is  content  and  happy 
in  his  own  home,  and  diffuses  peace  and  joy  to  all 
around  him.  He  takes  the  freshness  of  childhood 
with  him  far  into  his  youth,  and  he  bears  the  fresh 
ness  of  youth  for  ever  in  his  heart. 

We  often  confound  in  our  own  minds  education 
and  instruction,  so  far  at  least  as  to  rest  satisfied  that 
the  work  of  instruction  is  the  whole  process  of  educa 
tion.  No  doubt  instruction  is  the  principal  mean* 
we  have  of  conveying  to  the  mind  of  another  the 
information  we  possess  ourselves,  but  in  order  that 
the  information  we  give  may  be  received  and  mastered 
by  the  mind  of  the  pupil,  it  must  be  suitable  and 
made  attractive  to  him.  We  know  from  our  own. 


Early  Education.  5 

experience  how  much  this  is  disregarded  and  for 
gotten,  and  how  much  we  have  lost  in  consequence. 
But  it  has  taught  us  one  lesson,  that  we  should  never 
teach  anything  10  anybody  without  trying  to  secure 
his  own  concurence  and  co-operation.  To  accom 
plish  this  we  must  make  a  subject  as  interesting  as 
we  can,  and  explain  it  simply,  inducing  the  pupil 
to  learn  by  awakening  his  attention,  and  getting  him 
to  apply  his  mind  to  what  is  put  before  him.  And 
when  he  understands  it,  to  get  him  to  hoard  it  up 
according  to  his  capacity  and  comprehension  as  a 
treasure  of  great  value. 

The  pupil  must  not  only  co-operate  with  his 
teacher,  but  he  must  also  do  his  own  work  and  store 
his  own  mind,  he  must  remember  that  we  cannot 
pack  it  for  him,  as  we  can  pack  his  trunk.  He  must 
use  his  own  intellect,  and  do  it  for  himself.  We 
shall  be  able  to  help  him  according  to  the  good  will 
he  bears  us,  and  our  personal  influence  with  him. 
If  he  has  faith  and  confidence  in  us,  he  will  take 
readily  and  willingly  all  we  give  him  and  make  it 
his  own,  but  if  he  disesteems  and  dislikes  us,  he  will 
reject  and  cast  from  him  whatever  he  receives  from  us, 
and  may  even  bear  towards  it  ever  afterwards  a  lasting 
distaste.  A  child  feels  before  he  thinks,  and  at  first 
only  thinks  as  he  feels,  so  if  he  feels  strongly  any 
antipathy,  it  grows  and  magnifies  as  he  broods  over 
it,  and  as  early  impressions  ara  the  most  durable, 


6  Moral  Training. 

it  is  not  surprising  to  find  the  prejudices  and  re 
pugnances  of  our  childhood  existing  for  years,  and 
even  overshadowing  the  rest  of  our  lives. 

Instruction  must  not  only  be  interesting,  it  must 
also  be  suitable  to  the  mind  of  the  pupil.  A  child's 
mind  can  be  formed  almost  from  infancy  if  he  has 
been  always  told  what  is  true.  One  truth  becomes 
the  basis  of  another.  And  as  he  advances  in  age  he 
advances  in  knowledge  of  simple  facts.  These  facts 
will  rest  in  his  mind,  and  he  will  preserve  them  with 
faith  and  trust  if  he  is  not  overburdened  and  confused 
by  unfitting  and  unseasonable  instruction.  After  a 
time  he  will  be  able  to  discriminate  between  one 
object  and  another,  to  observe  and  discern  their 
peculiar  properties.  In  other  words,  he  will  begin 
to  think,  and  if  fairly  guided,  his  education  will  be 
far  advanced,  even  before  he  takes  a  book  in  his 
hands,  and  when  he  does,  his  book-learning  will 
come  easy  to  him.  A  mother's  patient  love  is  of 
great  value  in  first  awakening  the  mental  powers  of 
a  child.  His  views  and  opinions  harmonize  most 
readily  with  hers,  and  great  as  her  influence  may 
be,  she  will  not,  if  she  is  wise,  instruct  him  so 
much  directly  on  any  subject,  as  she  draws  out 
his  powers  of  discernment,  exercises  his  mind,  and 
makes  him  conscious  of  his  faculities.  She  then 
puts  before  him  the  main  object  of  life  and  the  end 
he  must  try  to  attain. 


Early  Education.  7 

The  most  agreeable  and  the  surest  way  to  get  a 
pupil  to  apply  to  his  studies,  and  even  to  adopt  a 
life  of  study,  is  to  incite  him  in  his  early  years 
to  the  exercise  of  his  own  intellect,  and  to  encourage 
him  not  to  receive  passively  from  his  master  the 
information  he  requires,  but  to  seek  and  search  for 
it  himself,  and  then  make  it  his  own  possession. 
When  he  uses  his  own  mental  powers  in  arriving  at 
the  knowledge  he  is  in  need  of,  he  will  remember  it 
more  clearly  ;  and  what  he  acquires  in  this  way  will 
be  more  satisfactory  to  him.  We  find  this  is  the 
course  a  practical  man  adopts  when  he  wants  to  come 
to  a  definite  conclusion  on  a  subject  of  deep  interest. 
He  will  not  be  satisfied  if  we  can  give  him  a  treatise 
on  the  question  he  consults  us  about,  no  matter  how 
much  to  the  point  and  lucid  it  may  be,  unless  we 
first  allow  him  to  speak  out  his  own  mind  and  to  say 
all  he  wishes  to  say  himself.  And  in  doing  so  if  we 
only  help  him  to  express  his  thoughts  and  draw  him 
to  consider  his  views,  he  is  pretty  sure  of  forming 
a  true  judgment,  and  one  he  is  likely  to  abide  by. 
The  contentedness  that  this  mode  of  action  gives 
him  does  not  arise  from  following  his  own  will, 
or  from  preferring  his  own  opinion  to  ours,  but 
from  the  conviction  that  we  understand  his  case 
perfectly,  th:it  what  we  suggest  is  suitable  to  his 
circumstances,  and  within  his  reach  and  power  to 
accomplish.  This  contentedness  is  intensified  when 


8  Moral  Training. 

he  has  formed  his  decision  by  the  exercise  of  his  ovm 
reason. 

If  it  is  the  most  successful  system  of  education 
to  dispose  the  pupil  to  master  'his  studies  by  the 
Employment  and  exertion  of  his  own  intellect  and 
energies,  the  very  worst  method,  on  the  other  hand, 
that  can  be  used  in  the  training  of  any  one,  and  the 
very  worst  means  that  can  be  used  to  make  a  pupil 
learn,  is  the  power  and  influence  of  fear.  If  a  child 
has  deliberately  committed  a  great  fault,  it  is  well 
that  the  fear  of  suitable  correction  should  prevent 
him  from  ever  committing  it  again.  The  fear  of 
occasional  correction  may  also  be  useful  in  inducing 
an  idle  boy  to  learn  his  lessons ;  but  once  he  has 
learned  them,  he  should  get  every  mark  of  approba 
tion  and  every  encouragement. 

But  to  bring  up  and  rule  a  child  entirely  through 
fear  would  be  a  great  act  of  injustice  to  him.  It 
would  be  sure,  in  the  generality  of  cases,  to  engender 
cunning  and  deceit,  and  to  habituate  him  to  the 
control  of  the  senses  rather  than  to  the  guidance 
of  reason.  If  he  were  governed  only  by  fear 
during  his  study,  it  would  be  sure  to  hinder  his 
advancement  in  learning.  Fear  not  only  depresses 
and  confuses  the  action  of  the  intellect,  but  the 
anticipation  of  some  dreaded  evil  chills  the  energies 
and  paralyzes  the  mental  powers.  When  this  dread 
or  apprehension  exceeds  the  fear  of  God  io  the  heart < 


Early  Education.  9 

it  drowns  the  voice  of  conscience,  and  the  child  will 
pretend  to  know  what  he  has  not  learned,  and  cannot 
learn,  and  he  will  act  untruthfully  and  with  duplicity 
as  the  temptation  offers.  If  however  the  pupil  be  not 
actuated  and  governed  by  fear  to  this  extent,  still  what 
ever  he  learns  through  its  influence  will  always  be 
associated  with  a  feeling  of  dislike,  and  most  probably 
will  never  be  an  attractivesubject  of  study  to  him.  This 
brings  us  back  to  the  necessity  of  gaining  the  willing  co 
operation  of  the  pupil,  of  which  we  cannot  doubt  when 
we  remember  in  how  little  one  man  can  help  another 
except  with  his  assent  and  concurrence.  And  this  is 
especially  the  case  with  regard  to  everything  in  the  way 
of  mental  and  moral  culture  and  improvement.  Thus 
it  is  plainly  revealed  to  us  that  the  first  duty  of  those  who 
have  to  instruct  others  is  to  secure  their  co-operation. 
The  pupil  who  likes  to  learn,  and  who  gives  his 
mind  and  attention  willingly  to  his  studies,  gives  but 
little  trouble  to  his  teacher.  All  that  has  to  be  done 
is  to  put  the  right  subject  in  the  right  way  before 
him.  But  those  who  have  no  taste  for  study,  and 
are  unwilling  to  learn  even  what  is  most  needful  for 
them  to  know,  have  to  be  incited  and  worked  on  by 
an  effectual  influence,  an  influence  of  a  threefold  power. 
The  power  of  a  true,  clear,  and  earnest  method  of 
instruction ;  the  power  of  good  example,  that  enkindles 
the  desire  of  imitation;  and  the  guiding  and  controlling 
power  of  well-ordered  discipline  and  just  rule. 


CHAPTER  II. 

INSTRUCTION. 

ALTHOUGH  there  is  much  trouble  and  drudgery  in 
learning,  as  we  all  know,  I  fear  there  is  generally 
a  great  deal  more  than  there  need  he,  for  we  have 
not  only  to  learn,  but  often  to  un-learn  and  re-learn 
what  was  taught  us  badly  at  first.  This  does  more 
harm  to  the  minds  of  children  than  is  usually  sup 
posed,  for  it  spoils  their  faith  and  weakens  their 
trust  in  those  placed  over  them,  and  to  whom  they 
should  look  up  and  rely  on,  without  doubt  or 
hesitation. 

A  child's  misgivings  are  accompanied  by  pain  and 
fear.  A  species  of  mental  pain  is  caused  by  the 
fruitless  effort  and  inability  to  reconcile  contradictory 
statements,  or  to  decide  between  them,  and  this 
uncertainty  creates  a  dread  of  being  misled  now, 
having  been  deceived  before.  The  child  cannot 
see  his  way  and  has  lost  much  of  his  reliance  on 
those  who  lead  him.  With  a  perplexed  and  troubled 
mind  he  tries  to  grope  on  in  the  dark,  and  at  the 
time  those  around  him  may  think  him  dull  and 


Instruction.  \  \ 

thoughtless    he    may    be    pondering   over    his    diffi 
culties. 

Children  have  an  inherent  love  and  desire  for 
truth,  they  believe  implicitly  whatever  is  told  to 
them  so  long  as  there  is  an  entire  absence  of  in 
consistency  in  the  lesson  we  inculcate.  Therefore, 
if  we  teach  what  is  true,  as  it  becomes  more  and 
more  intelligible  to  them,  they  will  pri/.e  it  and 
gladly  store  it  in  their  memory  for  life.  And  it  is 
not  unlikely  that  in  after  years  they  will  give  them 
selves  most  readily  to  the  studies  that  attracted  them 
most  in  youth,  that  helped  to  develop  their  tastes 
and  unfold  their  minds,  because  their  esteem  and 
belief  in  them  were  never  over-shadowed  by  a  doubt. 
A  child  must  take  all  things  on  faith,  and  if  what 
he  has  been  taught  in  childhood  looks  all  the 
brighter  and  truer  the  older  he  grows,  his  character 
is  founded  and  built  up  on  faith,  for  it  has 
strengthened  with  his  strength  and  grown  with  his 
growth,  giving  him  a  simple  upright  soul,  a  strong 
clear  intellect,  and  a  brave  trusting  heart. 

Hut  if  the  structure  of  his  teaching  has  to  be 
pulled  down  and  then  built  up  again,  even  in  part, 
it  will  seldom  attain  great  solidity.  For  the  habit  of 
distrust  and  disbelief  is  hard  to  be  cured  and  often 
not  cured  perfectly  :  it  generally  leaves  some  defect 
and  weakness,  a  sort  of  flaw  in  the  "  settlement  "  of 
the  building  up  of  the  mind.  And  so  it  is  that  children 


12  Moral  Training. 

who  have  thus  been  taught  or  learned  to  be  sceptical 
in  their  youth,  seldom  acquire  true  or  trusting 
hearts,  no  matter  how  profoundly  they  may  study 
or  how  well  they  may  be  supposed  to  be  educated. 
Their  principles  and  convictions  are  ever  weak  and 
wavering,  there  is  no  sound  foundation  of  truth  in 
their  minds.  They  have  no  standard  before  them, 
no  sure  ground  to  occupy,  and  having  no  firm 
spot  on  which  to  rest  the  lever  of  their  reason,  it 
cannot  work  steadily  or  rightly.  They  are  neither 
healthy  nor  happy  minded. 

Clearness  is  the  next  thing  to  be  observed,  after 
truthfulness,  in  our  method  of  instruction.  We  should 
ever  bear  in  mind  that  education  is  only  a  means 
to  fit  us  for  the  duties  of  our  calling  and  position 
in  life.  So  to  secure  its  being  a  blessing  and  a  help 
it  must  be  rightly  directed.  Our  instruction  must 
then  have  a  distinct  aim  and  object  in  view,  and 
it  must  also  be  distinct  in  itself,  and  fit  and  appro 
priate  for  those  who  receive  it.  For  all  readily 
acknowledge  that  no  matter  what  amount  of  erudi 
tion  a  man  may  possess,  if  he  be  ignorant  of  what 
is  necessary  for  him  to  know,  his  education  is  a 
failure. 

Now,  to  prevent  such  mistakes,  would  it  not  be 
well  to  allow  those  we  have  to  teach  to  forecast 
their  future  lives  and  see  beforehand  what  it  would 
be  requisite  for  them  to  know,  according  to  their 


Instruction.  1 3 

intended  state  or  profession,  and  their  peculiar  tastes 
and  talents,  always  keeping  close  to  what  is  good 
and  practical.  Then  with  a  distinct  aim  and  a  firm 
purpose  before  them,  they  are  likely  to  apply  their 
minds  earnestly,  and  to  study  diligently,  in  the 
hope  that  each  day's  labour  may  lead  them  further 
on  their  road  and  nearer  the  object  they  have  in  view. 
Instruction,  when  it  is  clear  and  simple,  will  gain 
the  attention  of  the  most  heedless,  and  do  much 
to  brighten  the  dullest  intellect.  But  it  is  only 
when  we  know  thoroughly  what  we  teach,  that  we 
can  be  clear,  and  the  more  we  understand  a 
subject  the  mure  simply  and  clearly  we  can  define 
or  explain  it  It  is  no  easy  matter  to  define  any" 
thing  clearly.  Pere  I.acordaire  says:  "To  make 
definitions  is  at  once  the  most  difficult  of  all  mental 
exercises,  and  the  most  calculated  to  make  us  re 
flect,  and  master  our  ideas ".  So  it  is  only  when 
we  define  truly  in  our  own  minds,  that  we  know 
what  we  teach.  When  our  definitions  are  strictly 
correct  they  are  of  immense  value  to  ourselves* 
and  a  great  help  to  those  on  whose  mind  we  wish 
to  make  a  lasting  impression  ;  for  a  true  definition 
is  seldom  forgotten.  The  intellect  not  only  appre 
hends  it  and  grasps  it  as  a  truth,  but  generally 
speaking,  it  also  recalls  some  similitude  as  an  illus 
tration,  or  clothes  it  in  some  symbolic  form  that 
rests  firmly  in  the  memory.  We  can  seldom  exercise 


14  Moral  Training. 

our  capacity  of  discrimination  without  calling  into 
action  whatever  powers  we  possess  of  discovering 
likeness.  We  know  practically  that  while  the  mind 
is  analyzing  a  subject  or  defining  an  idea,  and 
when  it  has  disengaged  and  abstracted  it  from 
its  surroundings,  and  when  it  appears  in  its 
intrinsic  worth,  the  memory  calls  up  some  material 
forms  by  way  of  exemplification.  If  the  defi 
nition  is  true,  this  figure  or  representation  of  it 
in  the  mind  enables  us  more  easily  to  convey  our 
ideas,  and  to  give  them  a  clear  expression  and 
explanation.  The  more  accurate  and  just  the  defini 
tion,  the  stronger  the  resemblanoe  to  the  emblem 
of  it  in  our  minds,  and  the  more  clearly  and  easily 
we  can  communicate  the  knowledge  of  it  to  others. 

Not  only  must  we  be  clear,  we  must  also  bring 
our  subject  to  a  clear  and  definite  conclusion.  This 
is  needful  in  all  cases,  but  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
in  the  instruction  of  women  ;  the  best  lecture  that 
could  be  given  will  be  lost  to  them  if  this  truth 
is  overlooked.  If  they  have  the  subject  even  partially 
drawn  out,  but  with  the  truth  or  dogma  it  is  meant 
to  convey  first  clearly  defined,  and  its  end  and 
aim  pointed  out,  they  will  take  in  the  whole  and 
store  it  in  their  minds,  making  it  their  own  for 
life.  There  is  something  in  the  mind  of  a  woman 
who  has  true  instincts  and  common  sense  that 
makes  her  look  first  at  the  result  and  the  end 


Instruction.  1 5 

proposed.  When  she  has  ascertained  that,  she  will 
go  over  all  that  has  been  said,  apprehend  it,  apply 
to  herself  the  instruction  given,  and  adopt  it  for 
future  guidance. 

But  if  it  is  left  to  herself  to  draw  her  own  in 
ference  and  to  form  her  own  conclusions,  no  matter 
how  plainly  and  carefully  the  end  may  be  implied, 
few  women,  if  any,  will  hit  on  it  rightly — many- 
are  likely  to  take  some  far-fetched  view,  and  all 
will  feel  disappointed  and  dissatisfied.  For  it  is 
as  painful  to  a  woman  as  it  is  to  a  child  to  be 
left  in  a  state  of  uncertainty,  and  this  is  the  case 
more  especially  where  she  has  trust  and  reliance 
and  expects  guidance.  Men  sometimes  like  to 
exercise  spontaneously  their  own  mental  powers, 
and  to  draw  their  own  conclusions.  They  like  to 
follow  the  argument,  and  relish  having  its  points 
repeated  frequently  as  a  help  to  discover  and  eluci 
date  the  truth.  But  it  is  just  the  opposite  with 
women.  They  usually  dread  mental  labour,  and 
have  misgivings  of  their  own  discernment,  and  above 
all,  they  weary  and  are  intolerant  of  much  repeti 
tion.  So  it  is  well  to  give  them  the  subject  clearly 
stated  and  developed  at  first,  and  they  will  adopt 
and  fix  it  to  their  own  special  position  and  practice. 

The  human  mind  is  so  limited,  that  we  find 
even  those  gifted  with  the  best  intellects  seldom 
more  than  one  branch  of  knowledge.  They 


1 6  Moral  Training. 

may  know  a  great  deal,  having  a  good  general  know 
ledge  of  many  things,  but  they  will  only  know  one 
thing  thoroughly,  and  they  undoubtedly  gain  that 
knowledge  not  by  talent  and  genius  alone,  but  also 
by  earnest  attention.  They  apply  themselves  stead 
fastly  and  succeed.  I  must  say  that  I  believe  earnest 
ness  of  character  is  the  higher,  and  surpasses  in 
worth  both  talent  and  genius.  Talent  and  earnest 
ness  are  often  united,  for  talent  is  simply  the  power 
of  doing  well  what  has  been  done  before,  and  this 
cannot  be  accomplished  without  close  and  earnest 
attention.  When  we  say  a  boy  has  talent  for  such 
a  profession  or  calling,  we  mean  that  he  shows 
some  desire  and  leaning  towards  it,  and  has  also 
a  certain  aptitude  for  it.  This  aptitude  displays  itself 
fully  in  his  efforts  to  learn  its  established  laws,  and 
to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  rules  and  practices  of 
that  business  or  avocation,  and  according  as  he 
shows  devotedness  and  gives  attention  to  such 
matters  we  may  foresee  and  predict  his  future 
success. 

Genius  bestows  greater  liberty  of  spirit,  and  enables 
us  to  do  our  own  work  after  our  own  fashion,  and 
to  originate  new  modes  of  action.  It  draws  us  away 
from  the  beaten  path  into  the  fertile  but  untrodden 
regions  of  our  own  minds,  there  to  create  on  the 
ground-work  of  truth  new  thoughts,  conceptions,  and 
designs.  And  when  these  are  fully  realized  and 


Instruction.  \  7 

apprehended,  genius  imparts  to  us  the  power  to 
express  and  delineate  them  with  ability  and  fidelity, 
or  to  carry  them  into  effect  with  ardour  and  intel 
ligence. 

\Ve  observe  this  to  be  the  case  with  regard  to 
artists,  painters,  sculptors,  and  others  who  are  only 
considered  to  possess  genius  when  their  works  are- 
not  alone  true  to  nature,  but  true  in  depicting  the 
idea  they  have  conceived,  and  when  they  throw  the 
likeness  of  life,  as  well  as  the  expression  of  nature, 
into  the  works  of  their  hands.  The  same  rule 
governs  the  intellectual  worker.  No  matter  whether 
he  speaks  or  writes  the  simple  truth,  or  portrays  it 
under  the  guise  of  metaphor  or  allegory,  still  his 
thoughts  and  images,  the  word-pictures  he  puts  before 
us,  if  they  have  the  stamp  of  genius,  must  have  the 
stamp  of  truth,  and  represent  faithfully  as  in  a  mirror 
the  workings  of  the  human  mind,  according  to  the 
special  view  and  the  peculiar  conception  he  has 
formed  of  them,  arid  these  again  coloured  and  vivi 
fied  by  his  personal  thoughts  and  feelings. 

The  paramount  and  prominent  office  and  function 
of  genius  is  to  create  ;  and  when  we  inquire 
whence  this  gift  proceeds,  we  find  it  arises  from  an 
aptitude  for  realizing  the  cause  and  nature,  as  well 
as  for  entering  into  the  life  and  spirit  of  all 
it  considers.  When  the  intellect  is  fully  con 
formed  and  adjusted  to  the  object  contemplated,  it 


i3  Moral  Training. 

is  reflected  truly  in  the  mind,  and  genius  not 
merely  demonstrates  it,  but  reproduces  it,  full  of 
soul  and  animation,  shaped  and  stamped  with 
the  character  and  expression  of  each  man's  inspira 
tion. 

The  second  power  of  genius  is  to  see  likeness  and 
find  resemblance  where  it  is  unobserved  and  over 
looked  by  the  many.  This  special  feature  of  genius 
appears  distinctly  when  it  is  applied  to  science,  and 
still  in  a  more  marked  degree  when  science  and 
practice  go  together,  for  then  it  calls  forth  the  in 
ventive  faculty,  which  is  another  instance  of  its 
creative  powers.  The  man  of  genius  observes  simi 
larity  in  things  that  heretofore  were  considered  to 
have  nothing  in  common,  and  to  differ  so  widely 
as  even  to  consist  of  opposite  properties.  After 
the  recognition  of  likeness  in  a  case  of  this 
kind,  he  tests  their  force  and  efficacy.  Being 
gifted  with  a  free,  original,  and  energetic  mode 
of  thought  and  action,  he  discovers  the  secret 
and  hidden  laws  of  nature,  and  through  this  know 
ledge  and  his  spirit  of  invention  he  creates  a 
new  and  twofold  power  unthought  of  before,  which 
he  tries  and  applies  skilfully  to  remove  a  diffi 
culty,  or  obviate  an  existing  evil,  and  succeeds 
in  doing  so,  when  ordinary  means  and  previously 
known  remedies  had  failed.  Genius  springs  from  a 
true  insight  and  just  appreciation  of  truth,  and  is  a 


Instruction.  19 

special  gift  from  God,  from  Whom  we  receive  the 
knowledge  of  truth  and  the  help  we  need  in  acquiring 
it,  no  matter  whether  it  refers  to  the  knowledge  of 
God  Himself,  or  to  the  recognition  of  the  powers  of 
nature. 

\Ve  must  bear  in  mind  that  man  does  not  create 
the  powers  of  nature.  He  can  only  discern  them 
as  God  gives  him  understanding,  and  then  he  applies 
his  knowledge  as  far  as  he  has  ability  and  as  his 
reason  guides  him.  For  instance,  man  did  not  create 
the  lightning  flash,  the  electric  power,  or  the  force 
of  steam,  nor  did  he  give  virtue  to  the  herb.  He 
only  observed  these  wonders  and  utilized  them,  con 
trolling  them  and  directing  them  for  the  use  and 
benefit  of  man,  for  which  end  they  were  bestowed 
by  God,  as  well  as  for  His  own  glory  in  man's  right 
use  of  them.  Therefore,  the  laws  of  nature,  the  dis 
cernment  and  appreciation  of  truth,  and  all  true 
science  come  from  God  and  lead  to  God.  They 
display  His  power  and  wisdom,  and  are  conducive 
to  His  honour. 

Now,  with  all  due  respect  for  talent  and  genius, 
and  even  while  considering  the  service  and  advantage 
they  are  to  us,  we  must  feel  convinced  that  without 
a  large  share  of  earnestness  they  would  be  but  of 
little  avail.  And  when  we  remember  that  earnestness 
is  generally  accompanied  by  energy  and  application, 
we  mu<t  own  it  is  a  gift  of  higher  value  and  of  greater 


2o  Moral  Training. 

worth,  even  when  united  to  common  endowments, 
than  great  genius  unaccompanied  by  earnestness  and 
devotedness. 

Earnestness  is  a  great  help  to  perseverance,  and  it 
fosters  enthusiasm— that  quiet,  gentle  enthusiasm 
which  arises  from  the  spirit  of  sincerity  and  ardour, 
co-existing  with  a  high  appreciation  of  what  is  good, 
generous,  and  noble.  It  also  confers  upon  us  that 
great  and  wonderful  gift,  singleness  of  purpose,  or 
unity  of  aim,  which  is  able  to  effect  so  much.  We 
find  men  with  ordinary  intellects  mastering  hard 
studies  and  accomplishing  difficult  work  when  they 
concentrate  their  powers  and  apply  their  minds  stead 
fastly  to  some  special  subject,  and  keep  to  it  perse- 
veringly  until  it  is  understood.  Their  application  to 
some  specialty  or  particular  study  will  be  no  hin 
drance  to  their  learning  other  matters  also,  for  in 
pursuing  one  subject  thoroughly  they  must  gain  much 
general  knowledge,  and  their  habits  of  attention, 
earnestness,  and  conscientious  labour  will  make  all 
further  study  more  easy  to  them. 

It  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  discouragement  is 
the  enemy  of  earnestness,  and  we  should  avoid 
dealing  in  it  if  we  look  to  the  improvement  of  others 
Encouragement  is  not  only  useful,  but  necessary,  for 
our  progress  in  all  manual  work.  In  this  sort  of 
work  we  may  easily  be  disheartened  and  discouraged, 
because  others  readily  discern  our  defects,  and  WL 


Instruction.  2 1 

ran  see  so  plainly  ourselves  when  we  fail,  or  how 
slowly  we  improve.  This  is  not  so  much  the  case 
with  mental  acquirements,  as  we  cannot  so  easily 
gauge  the  shallowness  of  our  own  minds,  or  sound 
the  depths  of  mind  in  others.  Hence  it  is  harder 
to  ascertain  our  true  state,  the  amount  of  proficiency 
we  may  have  attained  to,  or  the  lack  of  knowledge 
we  labour  under.  Although  we  may,  particularly 
when  young,  make  mistakes  in  our  own  favour  from 
taking  wrong  views  and  using  false  tests,  still  dis 
couragement  will  not  cure  such  blunders.  Our  daily 
faults  and  failings  are  more  likely  to  show  us  the 
truth,  and  our  experience  in  the  battle  of  life  will 
more  surely  do  it. 

It  is  a  great  mistake  to  think  that  children  and 
young  people  learn  from  those  only  appointed  to 
teach  them.  They  learn  much,  and  acquire  know 
ledge  more  willingly,  from  their  play-fellows  and 
school  companions.  We  find  their  tone  of  mind 
strongly  affected  and  their  views  of  life  shaped  by 
their  early  associates.  Now  earnestness  of  character 
and  manner  on  the  part  of  those  who  have  to  instruct 
others  is  one  of  the  best  reasons  for  preventing  and 
counteracting  anything  injurious  that  might  come  to 
them  in  this  way.  For  it  gives  instructors  much 
personal  influence,  because  an  earnest  spirit  is  attrac 
tive,  infectious,  and  diffusive,  and  invites  a  willing 
obedience.  It  enables  its  possessors  to  teach  well  and 


22  Moral  Training. 

impressively,  inducing  them  to  seek  out  the  method 
best  suited  for  every  case.  The  character  of  each 
child  is  trained  and  studied  and  his  disposition  care 
fully  considered,  so  that  it  may  be  governed  wisely 
and  worthily  directed. 


CHAPTER  III. 
EXAMPLE. 

THERE  is  an  abiding  power  in  example  which  is  as 
persuasive  as  it  is  undying.  It  is  our  first  teacher 
and  earliest  guide  ;  whatever  we  have  learned  we 
have  acquired  in  a  great  degree  through  the  means 
or  through  the  influence  of  example,  and  what  we 
have  acquired  in  this  way  we  have  mastered  more 
thoroughly,  and  with  the  greater  ease  and  pleasure. 

Now  everything  we  learn  leaves  its  own  mark  on 
the  mind,  alters  its  previous  condition  in  some 
measure,  and  helps  to  form  our  character  and  to 
mould  our  manners  and  disposition ;  so  example, 
and  especially  early  example,  possesses  a  mighty 
and  prevailing  power  in  shaping  our  lives,  and  in 
shading  and  colouring  our  existence. 

In  a  general  way  we  admit  this  easily  enough,  when 
we  think  only  of  its  effect  in  leading  others  ;  yet  if 
we  question  ourselves  we  shall  find  that  we  are  often 
sceptical  as  to  its  power  over  ourselves,  and  that 
many  of  us  are  incredulous  also  as  to  the  influence 
our  own  example  may  have  on  others.  We  do  not 
realize  that  it  can  have  a  good  or  a  bad  eflect  on 


-4  Mo  ml  '1 'mining. 

any  one.  The  good  effect  we  may  have  reason  to 
doubt,  and  on  the  bad  effect  we  do  not  like  to 
reflect.  We  think,  and  console  ourselves  by  think 
ing,  that  those  who  are  placed  under  us  have 
no  business  to  imitate  us,  or  learn  anything  from 
us  except  what  we  wish  to  teach  them.  We  forget 
that  our  words  and  acts  operate  on  others  even 
against  our  will,  and  that  all  our  actions  and  all 
the  words  we  utter  are  borne  in  memory  and  live 
in  the  minds  of  some  of  those  who  witnessed  or 
heard  them,  and  may  have  led  to  their  repetition 
again  and  again.  It  is  appalling  to  think  how  an 
erroneous  opinion,  a  rash  judgment,  an  uncharitable 
remark,  may  be  perpetuated,  and  how  it  may  grow 
and  increase  in  evil  until  it  meets  us  at  our  final 
doom. 

We  cannot  well  exaggerate  the  dire  consequences 
of  bad  example,  as  all  our  faulty  words  and  acts 
leave  their  own  records,  carry  their  own  results,  and 
make  an  impress  on  the  soul  in  some  special  manner 
that  affects  its  condition,  probably  even  for  eternity. 
Still,  some  may  adopt  extreme  views  and  overrate 
their  obligation  to  give  good  example,  and  their 
attempts  in  this  way  are  often  overstrained,  and 
generally  do  much  harm  to  those  intrusted  to  their 
care.  For  when  they  are  beset  with  this  anxiety 
and  haunted  with  this  idea,  they  are  apt  to  say  and 
to  do  many  things,  both  forced  and  uncalled  for, 


Extimple.  25 

merely  for  effect,  and  to  impress  their  good  example 
on  others.  This  practice  is  injurious  ;  it  makes  them 
appear  weak  and  false,  and  renders  their  instructions 
useless.  Young  people  discern  quickly  that  such 
things  were  said  and  done  for  display,  merely  because 
of  their  presence.  So  their  faith  and  confidence  may 
be  sorely  shaken  in  all  that  has  been  taught  them, 
or  may  be  taught  them  in  future,  even  in  all  that 
is  good  and  sacred.  Simple  and  trusting  souls  suffer 
much  in  discovering  ignoble  faults  in  those  they 
believed  perfect  and  looked  up  to  with  respect.  This 
is  especially  the  case  in  those  whose  faults  betray  a 
want  of  sincerity  and  uprightness,  and  reveal  that 
they  were  unreal  in  the  part  they  played,  and  untrue 
in  the  character  they  assumed.  A  sad  discovery  of 
this  kind,  made  even  in  early  youth,  has  often  em 
bittered  a  man's  life,  and  overshadowed  his  days 
with  a  feeling  of  disappointment  and  a  dread  of 
meeting  with  further  deception.  We  must  be  true 
and  act  truly,  if  we  want  to  teach  truth,  "for  men 
do  not  gather  figs  from  thorns  or  grapes  from 
thistles  ". 

Father  Faber,  speaking  on  this  subject,  tells  us 
"we  must  never  do  anything  in  order  to  edify  others, 
for  the  express  purpose  of  edifying.  We  must  take 
great  pains  not  to  disedify,  but  it  would  be  very 
dangerous  to  take  great  pains  to  edify ;  the  two 
things  are  very  different" 


26  Moral  Training. 

Good  example,  of  which  I  speak,  is  always 
beneficial,  but  it  increases  in  worth  and  efficacy, 
as  it  is  accompanied  by  true  moral  influence,  arising 
from  the  full  faith  and  trust  we  have  in  those 
who  exhibit  it.  When  these  are  strong  the  power 
of  example  is  active  and  inspiring.  We  usually 
find  such  personal  influence  in  men  of  firm,  fear 
less,  and  decided  characters,  who  have  good  and 
laudable  ends  in  view.  Those  who  have  true  and 
clearly  defined  principles,  and  who  act  on  them 
faithfully,  will  always  have  influence  with  others,  who 
will  readily  adopt  their  ideas  and  opinions  and  follow 
their  example,  not  at  first  through  love  or  liking,  but 
from  implicit  faith  in  their  honesty,  and  a  strong 
conviction  and  reliance  on  their  fidelity  and  truth. 

Those  in  authority  will  find  their  own  example 
to  be  the  most  effective  means  within  their  reach, 
not  only  for  the  preservation  of  good  order  and  the 
observance  of  duty  amongst  those  whom  they  control, 
but  also  for  the  inculcation  of  the  practice  of  honour 
and  probity.  Their  position  gives  their  conduct  a 
great  deal  of  controlling  and  guiding  force.  This  is 
apparent  in  well-ordered  families,  schools,  and  train 
ing  institutions,  where  the  opinions  and  convictions 
of  the  heads  or  rulers  have  been  carefully  formedr 
clearly  understood,  and  firmly  impressed.  Those 
placed  under  them  carry  out  their  injunctions,  adopt 
their  views,  and  imitate  their  mode  of  acting.  It 


Example.  27 

is  well  that  it  should  be  so,  for  then  their  spirit 
and  tone  of  mind  pervades  the  whole  establishment, 
and  governs,  while  they  remain  quiescent,  though 
always  on  the  watch-tower.  Almighty  God  Himself 
seems  to  prefer  ruling  the  world  in  this  wise.  He 
likes  to  lead  us  on  freely  and  unconstrained,  and 
to  draw  us  to  Himself  voluntarily,  by  the  adoption  of 
His  will  and  the  influence  of  His  grace. 

If  the  controlling  power  of  those  who  hold  the 
first  place  in  households  and  institutions  is  not  felt, 
and  if  it  is  not  exerted  in  the  right  way  by  the 
right  person,  the  task  of  governing  will  become  a 
failure. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

DISCIPLINE  OBSERVED  AND  MAINTAINED. 

DISCIPLINE  supposes,  in  the  first  place,  the  recognition 
of  just  authority,  with  due  submission  to  higher 
powers;  secondly,  diligent  and  efficient  training  in 
all  things  that  it  behoves  us  to  know  and  that 
obedience  may  demand  of  us  to  execute ;  and, 
thirdly,  the  habit  of  self-control  and  the  practice  of 
self-renunciation  in  the  fulfilment  of  duty. 

A  few  moments  of  reflection  will  show  us  what 
constitutes  military  discipline,  and  that  it  consists  of 
these  three  things.  We  know  very  well  what  is  meant 
by  a  well-disciplined  army.  We  know  that  it  must 
be  entirely  obedient  and  completely  submissive  to 
the  field-marshal  or  the  general  who  commands 
it,  who  has  been  appointed  by  royal  authority. 
AVhether  he  orders  certain  rules  of  action  to  be 
observed  and  carried  out,  or  the  enemy  to  be  held 
in  check  or  contended  against,  he  is  instantly  obeyed. 
The  slightest  indication  of  his  will  is  noted  and 
followed  with  the  greatest  promptitude  and  precision. 
Besides  all  this,  every  man  in  the  army  has  been 
previously  and  carefully  drilled,  and  thoroughly 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.         29 

practised  in  all  that  is  necessary  for  him  to  know, 
or  that  may  be  required  of  him.  So  when  the  word 
of  command  is  given  he  acts  at  once.  He  knows 
what  to  do  and  hosv  to  do  it  ;  he  does  it  faithfully 
without  consulting  his  own  wishes,  and  regardless  of 
his  own  inclinations. 

Moral  discipline  has  the  same  influence  and  pro 
duces  the  same  effect.  It  is  ordained  by.  and  holds 
its  commission  from  the  Lord  of  Heaven  and  earth. 
It  first  recognizes  and  submits  to  the  Supreme  Power 
of  God,  Whose  laws  are  written  in  our  hearts  and 
minds.  Our  consciences  receive  His  commands 
and  urge  us,  in  spite  of  all  contrary  desires,  to  carry 
out  His  will.  When  conscience  is  rightly  formed  it 
becomes  a  central  executive  authority  in  the  soul  by 
which  our  faculties  are  governed.  All  that  is  good 
and  right  is  approved  and  ordered,  and  all  that  is 
wrong  is  forbidden  by  it.  In  this  way  our  actions 
are  guided,  not  by  self-will,  but  are  performed, 
restrained,  and  corrected  by  the  authority  and  through 
the  dictates  of  a  right  conscience,  directed  and 
enlightened  by  God  and  faithful  to  His  grace. 

Moral  discipline  is  not  easily  acquired ;  the  drill  is 
hard  and  difficult  to  nature,  and  the  apprenticeship 
is  continuous  and  life-long.  We  have  to  learn  the 
proper  exercise  of  our  intellect,  to  direct  our  affec 
tions,  to  control  our  senses,  and  to  subdue  and  over 
come  our  passions  ;  and  this  not  only  on  great  and 


3O  Moral  Training. 

important  occasions,  but  still  more  frequently  in 
matters  apparently  of  little  moment. 

As  a  general  rule  no  man  falls  from  the  state  of 
high  perfection  and  the  enjoyment  of  God's  friend 
ship  all  at  once  and  directly  into  mortal  sin.  We 
believe  he  usually  fails  gradually  in  "  small  things," 
committing  slight  faults  one  after  another,  and  so 
he  descends,  "by  little  and  little,"  into  the  gulf  of 
iniquity.  May  we  not  also  expect  to  find  the  same 
rule  apply  to  our  growth  in  perfection  ?  Is  it  not 
by  small  acts  of  self-denial  we  advance — by  looking 
first  to  the  good  of  others,  by  controlling  all  expres 
sion  of  impatience  and  ill-temper,  by  bearing  incon 
venient  and  annoyance  cheerfully,  by  enduring  pain 
silently  and  calmly,  and  by  labouring  earnestly  and 
generously  at  the  work  God  has  given  us  to  do — is 
it  not  by  these  and  such-like  acts  we  may  hope  to 
make  progress  in  perfection. 

Though  we  may  begin  the  practice  of  self  disci 
pline  with  the  slightest  exercise  of  self-control  and 
the  most  trivial  acts  of  self-denial,  still,  if  we  only  go 
on  and  persevere,  God  will  assuredly  give  us  in  time 
more  strength,  greater  gifts,  and  higher  graces.  When 
we  reflect  on  the  glory  and  triumph  of  the  martyrs 
we  are  apt  to  think  they  secured  their  eternal  heritage 
in  some  cases  very  swiftly,  if  not  easily,  when  one 
stroke  of  the  axe  purchased  their  palm  for  ever. 
Probably  we  overlook  the  truth  in  many  instances, 


Discipline  ol served  and  maintained.         j 1 

and  are  ignorant  of  the  real  histories  of  such  cases. 
We  may  justly  believe  that  the  last  and  heroic  act  of 
charity  was  a  grace  bestowed  and  a  reward  conferred 
for  a  previous  life  of  self-sacrifice,  through  which 
the  cross  was  taken  up  daily,  borne  manfully,  and 
Carried  generously  after  our  Blessed  Lord,  though 
unobserved  by  others. 

We  shall  at  once  recognize  and  acknowledge  the 
power  of  discipline,  if  we  consider  and  admit  the 
strength  of  habit,  which  of  itself  can  control  the  soul 
of  man  and  conquer  his  will,  for  it  is  not  merely  a 
"second  nature,"  but  often  is  far  stronger  than  nature. 
Moral  discipline  is  the  growth  of  habit,  it  is  the  result 
and  consequence  of  repeated  acts  of  different  virtues, 
and  as  we  take  up  and  practise  each  of  them  faith 
fully  we  advance  to  the  perfection  of  disci pline.  As 
the  railway  facilitates  and  secures  the  safe  progress 
of  the  steam-engine,  so  discipline  guards  and  guides 
each  act  of  virtue,  and  directs  it  to  the  right  end. 

Self  discipline  affects  in  a  marked  way  our  temper 
and  manner,  and  also  affects  the  method  of  rule 
or  government  of  those  in  authority  ;  for  whatever 
control  we  exercise  over  ourselves  in  subduing  our 
passions,  in  restraining  and  regulating  our  senses 
and  inclinations,  the  same  amount  we  may  hope  to 
exercise  over  those  under  our  charge.  Experience 
especially  teaches  us  the  value  of  self-command  and 
equanimity  of  manner,  lor  we  are  apt  when  first 


32  Moral  Training. 

placed  over  others  to  think  it  wise  and  even  neces 
sary  to  assume  a  stern  and  repulsive  bearing,  partly 
in  imitation  of  those  who  trained  and  taught  ourselves, 
and  partly  from  the  dread  of  not  being  able  to  master 
those  committed  to  our  care. 

When  we  have  habituated  ourselves  to  such  a 
manner,  and  when  it  is  engrafted  on  our  natural 
im'periousness  and  irascibility,  it  is  likely  to  become 
a  moral  defect  for  life  ;  and  this  all  the  more  readily 
as  we  scarcely  consider  it  faulty. 

We  fancy  we  put  it  on  for  duty  sake,  forgetting 
that  no  one  ever  cultivates  a  vice  without  possessing 
it  from  nature.  We  do  not  see  the  harm  it  inflicts 
upon  our  character  and  the  injury  it  does  in  spoiling 
the  best  part  of  our  work. 

The  young  and  the  ignorant  are  very  quick  in  seeing 
the  faults  of  those  placed  over  them,  for  they  expect 
of  them  almost  superhuman  perfection,  and  when  we 
think  ourselves  only  zealous  for  the  progress  of  others, 
or  for  the  maintenance  of  good  order,  they  deem  us 
severe  and  ill-tempered,  and  as  this  conviction  gains 
ground,  those  under  our  care  lose  their  esteem  for  and 
confidence  in  us,  consequently  our  labour  for  their 
improvement  becomes  in  a  great  degree  fruitless. 

We  may  subdue  and  control  our  dependants  by 
severity,  and  govern  them  through  fear,  but 
coercion  alone  is  not  discipline,  and  it  does  but 
very  little  towards  forming  the  mind.  Its  operation 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.        35 

is  evil  towards  influencing  the  heart,  which  is  nearly 
sure  to  rebel  under  undue  restraint,  and  the  direful 
reaction  that  takes  phce  when  that  restraint  is  re 
moved  is  likely  to  draw  off  the  soul  from  the  good 
which  has  been  inculcated,  and  even  to  throw  it  into 
the  path  of  false  liberty  and  indulgence.  This  course 
is  adopted  by  way  of  compensation  for  past  rigour 
unwisely  imposed  and  unwillingly  borne. 

It  is  well  to  ponder  on  the  might  and  strength  of 
the  Omnipotent  God,  and  then  note  how  sparingly 
He  uses  that  power  in  the  way  of  coercive  chastise 
ment,  and  how,  when  lie  does  so,  it  is  by  means 
of  secondary  causes.  This  discloses  to  us  the  slight 
value  He  sets  on  what  is  done  through  force  and 
by  compulsion,  and  the  desire  He  has  that  we  should 
serve  Him  through  love,  with  free  minds  and  willing 
hearts,  as  God  wishes  to  rule  the  world  by  charity, 
and  to  unite  all  by  its  holy  bonds. 

This  reveals  to  us  the  secret  of  maintaining  true 
discipline  and  the  blessing  to  be  derived  from  it 
Discipline  should  be  in  accordance  with  reason, 
justice,  and  benignity  ;  it  should  call  forth  a  willing 
service,  with  a  cordial  cooperation,  and  it  should 
possess  the  power  and  be  imbued  with  the  spirit  of 
union,  which  should  bind  together  our  hearts  and 
fill  our  minds  with  faith,  trust,  and  mutual  respect. 
Everything  that  mars  this  union  or  injures  it  in  any 
way  is  a  fault  against  discipline.  Anything  that 
3 


34  Moral  Training. 

shows  suspicion  or  causes  distrust,  everything  like 
tale-bearing,  espionage,  or  the  detective  system,  is 
ruinous  to  good  government,  it  destroys  mutual 
reliance  and  confidence,  and  it  is  utterly  fatal  to 
uprightness  of  character.  If  we  watch  and  note 
the  method  observed  in  the  erection  of  a  great  edifice 
we  see  the  blocks  of  stone  prepared  for  it,  cut,  and 
squared,  the  angles  chiselled  and  fitted  together, 
and  placed  one  above  the  other.  But  all  this  is  not 
enough.  The  stones  would  soon  fall  out  of  their 
places,  the  walls  would  give  way  and  tumble  down 
if  each  stone  was  not  embedded  in  mortar,  and  the 
wall  thoroughly  cemented  together  into  a  firm  con 
crete  mass.  So  it  is  that  society  is  also  formed  and 
built  up,  no  matter  how  limited  it  may  be,  or  how 
fai  ft  may  extend,  or  whether  it  be  in  the  home 
circle,  in  public  life,  or  in  the  intercourse  demanded 
of  us  by  the  duties  of  our  profession  or  calling.  We 
must  all  lean  one  on  another,  sustain  each  other  and 
be  united  to  each  other  in  Christian  charity,  which  is 
the  source  of  all  peace  and  happiness,  and  the 
foundation  of  all  order  as  it  is  of  all  fidelity  and 
forbearance. 

Confidence  arising  from  entire  faith  and  trust  is 
to  be  dearly  prized  and  carefully  guarded.  It  works 
wonders  in  the  way  of  ruling  and  influencing,  but 
we  must  ever  remember  that  it  cannot  be  forced, 
that  it  is  easily  checked,  and  when  once  broken  or 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained. 


lost  is  seldom  repaired  or  recovered.  Those  who 
trust  most,  may  suffer  more  from  others,  but  still  they 
enjoy  greater  peace  of  mind,  and  so  are  amply  com 
pensated.  They  possess  a  larger  share  of  happiness 
because  they  are  ever  actuated  by  motives  and  prin 
ciples  which  conscience  dictates  and  enforces.  To 
he  trusted  is  just  one  of  the  most  important  points 
for  those  who  govern,  and  they  will  be  trusted  if  they 
are  faithful  to  truth  and  firm  in  principle — true 
without  prejudices  or  partialities,  firm  without  harsh 
ness  or  severity— not,  remember,  for  the  sake  of 
being  liked  and  of  making  themselves  popular,  but 
for  the  sake  of  truth  and  justice,  and  for  the  bene 
ficent  effect  these  virtues  have  not  only  on  their  own 
hearts  but  upon  those  of  others.  I  believe  it  is  far 
better  to  be  trusted  than  loved  by  those  committed 
to  our  care.  The  feeling  is  more  lasting,  and  likely 
to  be  more  generally  felt,  consequently  more  universal 
in  its  effects.  It  gives  greater  liberty  of  action,  and 
is  more  profitable  for  all  parties.  Parents  sometimes 
seek  to  be  loved  at  any  cost.  They  forget  that  the 
child  loves  most  and  loves  longest  those  whom  he 
looks  uj)  to  with  trust  and  reverence. 

To  try  to  please  for  the  sake  of  being  popular  is 
nearly  as  bad  as  to  show  an  ill-tempered  or 
repulsive  demeanour,  and  it  is  more  injurious  to  those 
who  govern,  as  it  undermines  their  influence  and 
authority.  The  desire  for  popularity  is  quickly  dis- 


36  Moral  Training. 

cerned  by  those  who  are  under  us,  and  they  are  apt 
to  meet  it  with  a  large  amount  of  flattery.  Having 
laid  ourselves  out  for  it,  and  having  sought  for  it,  we 
cannot  well  reject  it  when  offered.  Hut  once  we 
invite  it  and  receive  it  willingly  and  gladly,  when 
once  our  weakness  on  this  point  is  clearly  ascertained, 
our  moral  influence  and  power  of  control  are  at  an 
end.  Our  places  are  changed,  and  our  positions 
are  reversed.  Those  who  should  be  subjects  become 
rulers,  and  reward  or  punish  us  by  giving  or  with 
holding  their  praise  and  approbation.  As  the  case 
grows  worse  we  have  to  go  down  more  and  more 
into  bondage  ;  having  sold  our  liberty  they  have  a 
strong  hold  upon  us,  and  we  are  at  their  mercy.  We 
must  continue  to  please  them  or  they  will  be  dis 
satisfied,  and  will  reproach  us.  No  matter  what  we 
do  in  future  to  meet  their  wishes  or  to  gratify  them, 
it  will  be  taken  as  a  right.  They  have  paid  for  it, 
and  though  we  are  paid  in  base  coin,  still  it  was  the 
price  we  were  willing  to  accept. 

Some  may  think  it  prudent  to  conciliate  at  first 
those  placed  under  their  care,  fancying  if  they 
succeed  in  making  themselves  favourites,  they  can 
rule  more  easily.  No  one  in  authority  can  ever  really 
know  whether  he  is  liked  or  not,  or  to  what  extent  he 
is  popular.  And  what  he  does  to  become  so  may 
have  just  the  opposite  effect.  The  less  concerned  he 
is  about  this  matter,  and  the  less  he  allows  such 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.         37 

a  thought  to  rest  in  his  mind  the  better,  the  better  for 
his  own  honesty  and  the  honesty  of  those  around 
him. 

The  best  tiling,  and  the  great  thing,  is  to  try 
for  the  sake  of  charity  to  act  kindly,  to  think  well, 
and  believe  the  best  of  everybody,  and  in  all 
doubtful  cases  to  suspend  the  judgment  and  refrain 
from  forming  opinions.  There  is  a  general  agreement 
that  it  is  better  to  be  deceived  than  to  suspect,  but 
I  am  inclined  to  go  farther.  I  think  it  better  not 
to  know  all  the  faults  and  shortcomings  of  those 
placet!  under  us,  and  thus  to  afford  them  opportunity 
to  right  themselves,  and  to  give  them  time  to  gain 
heart  and  courage  to  recover  and  redeem  their  posi. 
tion.  They  would  probably  despair  of  doing  so,  and 
make  but  faint  efforts  to  improve,  if  they  thought  they 
had  entirely  forfeited  our  good  opinion,  and  that 
we  had  noted  down  all  their  errors  and  registered 
al!  their  mistakes.  Many  will  not  agree  to  this  ; 
there  are  persons  who  think  that  they  ought  to  know 
cTcrvthing  regarding  those  under  their  care,  and 
that  all  will  go  wrong  if  they  do  not  inquire  and 
investigate  every  particular  about  them.  Of  course 
we  should  take  care  to  prevent  the  smallest  evil, 
and  if  we  have  reason  for  believing  harm  has 
been  done,  we  should  take  care  to  prevent  its 
recurrence,  and  correct  bravely  and  fearlessly  the 
faults  we  know  to  have  been  committed.  But 


3 8  Moral  Training. 

not  unfrequently  close  investigations  do  more  real 
injury  than  the  fault  itseli".  Suppose  it  has  been 
proved  in  this  way  that  a  youth  has  done  some 
thing  wrong,  will  the  accusation  and  imputation 
of  this  fault  hinder  him  from  committing  it  again  ? 
I  fear  not.  On  the  contrary,  once  he  has  been 
branded  with  it,  and  has  lost  his  self-respect 
and  the  respect  of  others,  it  will  be  harder  to 
cure  him  of  it,  and  more  difficult  to  prevent 
him  from  falling  into  other  errors.  It  is  not 
unusual  for  youths  to  say  when  warned  against 
some  fault  which  they  frequently  commit  :  "  My 
father  knows  I  do  it,"  or  "  My  parents  are  aware 
I  have  this  habit,"  consequently,  and  for  that  reason, 
they  make  no  effort  to  overcome  it.  They  see  that 
it  is  not  alone  that  the  worst  is  known  of  them,  but 
the  worst  is  thought  of  them,  so  they  do  not  strive 
to  improve,  as  their  higher  aspirations  are  destroyed 
and  dispelled.  Their  spirit  of  emulation  fades  away 
with  their  good  name,  and  hope  of  future  amendment 
becomes  faint. 

We  cannot  be  ignorant  that  besides  our  deliberate 
acts,  both  good  and  evil,  we  perform  many  which  are 
indeliberate  or  half  deliberate  every  day,  and  of  the 
merit  or  demerit  of  these  it  is  not  possible  for  us 
to  form  anything  like  an  exact  judgment.  If  we 
cannot  do  so  with  regard  to  our  own  acts,  is  it 
not  often  beyond  our  power  to  judge  correctly  those 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.         39 

of  others?  And  yet  it  is  on  such  points  we  are 
likely  to  make  investigations,  and  that  we  think  it 
wise  and  just  to  prove  them  beyond  a  doubt,  and 
to  impress  them  with  the  mark  of  certainty.  In  this 
way  many  an  innocent  child  is  found  guilty  of 
misconduct,  made  acquainted  with  guilt,  and  mayhap 
led  into  it  for  life. 

In  saying  this  I  do  not  mean  to  approve  of 
the  plan  of  shutting  our  eyes,  and  pretending  not 
to  see  faults  committed  before  us.  This  would 
be  miserably  untruthful,  and  give  the  idea  that  we 
are  cunning  and  cowardly,  and  set  the  example  of 
dissimulation.  I  believe  that  errors  should  be  met 
promptly,  and  the  plain  truth  spoken  to  those  in 
fault,  but  it  should  be  guided  by  the  sweetest  charity, 
including  ardent  hope.  Everything  like  exaggeration 
or  want  of  accuracy  should  be  carefully  avoided, 
and  everything  like  contempt  or  anything  even 
bordering  on  it  should  be  shunned  completely,  as 
its  effect  is  injurious,  often  rankles,  is  of  no  use  for 
correction,  and  is  seldom  forgotten. 

There  is  one  method  of  reproof  that  I  have 
no  faith  in,  and  I  question  if  it  could  benefit  any  one: 
I  mean  the  system  of  correcting  by  means  of  unjust 
criticism  and  undeserved  condemnation,  and  depre 
ciating  whatever  those  under  our  (are  do  best  and 
most  excel  in.  This  is  done  to  prevent  them  from 
(>eing  self-complacent,  and  to  hinder  them  from 


4-O  Moral  Trainin 


o  • 


taking  pride  in  their  gifts  and  merits.  It  is  more 
than  doubtful  that  such  devices  can  have  this 
effect,  they  are  disregarded  as  they  are  not  true— 
they  are  likely  to  produce  results  opposite  to 
those  designed.  Such  remarks  induce  the  objects 
of  them  to  debate,  and  canvass  the  matter  objected 
to  in  their  own  minds,  and  to  fix  their  atten 
tion  on  the  points  that  tell  most  in  their  own 
favour,  so  they  easily  pass  sentence  in  approval 
of  themselves,  and  to  their  own  advantage.  The 
more  unjust  and  uncalled  for  such  reproofs  appear 
to  be,  the  more  injury  they  are  apt  to  inflict  on  mind 
and  heart,  as  then  they  are  likely  to  beget  more 
pride  and  self-appreciation.  But  when  our  real 
defects  are  truly  and  honestly  pointed  out  to  us,  we 
generally  see  and  acknowledge  them  more  readily, 
and  self-love  more  easily  gives  way. 

Truth  alone  can  teach  humility,  and  it  possesses 
a  power  that  is  sure  to  overcome  any  difficulty,  we 
may  have  to  contend  with  in  influencing  and  govern 
ing  others.  It  is  the  source  of  happiness  and  reliance 
to  the  just  and  upright,  to  whom  it  imparts  strength, 
it  adds  force  to  the  weak,  and  overcomes  the  wily. 
Everything  like  deceit  or  cunning  comes  from  some 
mental  or  moral  defect.  There  is  some  weak 
ness  or  darkness  in  the  mind  that  incapacitates  it 
from  observing  and  keeping  the  path  of  rectitude. 
Any  evil  or  ill-regulated  desire,  any  unrestrained 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.         41 

passion,  any  undue  fear  of  a  threatening  disaster, 
[Assesses  a  stronger  motive  power,  and  can  draw 
the  mind  away  from  the  right  course  into  all  that 
is  false  and  insincere  when  it  is  wavering  and  untrue 
to  principle  and  faithless  to  grace.  It  is  generally 
found  that  if  a  mind  is  given  to  disguise  and  dis 
sembling,  the  weaker  it  is,  the  more  wily  the  character 
is  likely  to  become.  The  best  way  to  deal  with  such 
a  mi  ml  in  order  to  reform  it,  is  to  meet  it  with 
the  utmost  ingenuousness  and  integrity,  and  to  act 
invariably  with  candour,  straightforwardness,  and 
plain  common  sense.  It  would  be  worse  than  folly 
to  try  to  overcome  cunning  by  cunning.  We  should 
most  surely  fail  in  the  attempt,  and  should  certainly 
deserve  to  fail. 

In  governing  others  there  are  two  points  we  should 
guard  against— first,  we  must  avoid  making  iron 
rules,  which  some  persons,  when  first  intrusted  with 
responsibility,  think  it  wise  to  draw  up,  and  after 
wards  find  them  a  serious  impediment.  They  have 
not  tested  those  rules  by  making  sufficient  trial  of 
them,  they  frame  them  too  rapidly,  without  consider 
ing  or  anticipating  the  probable  variety  of  cases  they 
may  have  to  deal  with.  Such  rules  will  not  work  and 
cannot  work,  because  they  are  not  accepted  accord 
ing  to  circumstances,  and  rather  than  make  them  do 
so,  or  alter  them  in  the  least,  their  authors  will 
sacrifice  the  peace  and  well-being  of  those  they 


42  Moral  Training. 

govern.  This  comes  in  a  great  measure  from  having 
drawn  up  the  rules  before  studying  and  making  sure 
of  the  principles  on  which  they  are  to  act.  True 
principles  never  need  be  changed,  and  never  should 
be  changed ;  they  suit  all  states  and  circumstances. 
A  rule  should  always  emanate  from  a  principle,  and 
unless  it  does,  it  must  prove  a  hindrance  even  to 
those  who  drew  it  up. 

Secondly,  we  should  be  careful  not  to  impose  a 
great  number  of  small  and  exacting  regulations.  They 
may  seem  very  good  and  wise,  and  look  very  well 
on  paper,  but  they  will  most  likely  be  found  an  irk 
some  and  unnecessary  burden  to  those  who  have 
to  carry  them  out.  They  are  also  likely  to  draw 
off  the  attention  from  the  main  business  in  hand, 
which  should  be  kept  foremost  in  view.  Besides,  if 
we  consider  the  peace  and  happiness  of  those  com 
mitted  to  our  care,  we  should  avoid  being  over- 
exacting  about  our  own  peculiar  whims,  and  being 
crotchetty  about  useless  trifles.  There  is  scarcely 
anything  that  makes  people  more  disliked,  or  that 
is  so  apt  to  evoke  the  spirit  of  rebellion,  for  it  takes 
the  appearance  of  petty  tyranny. 

Of  course  all  things  should  be  done  thoroughly 
well,  and  one  of  the  best  ways  of  getting  them  done 
in  this  manner  is  by  putting  as  much  responsibility 
on  every  one  as  is  due  to  him,  and  as  he  has 
a  right  to  bear,  at  the  same  time  giving  him  all 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained.        43 

the  aid  that  is  necessary,  and  all  the  help  he 
requires. 

\\e  must  ever  hear  in  mind  that  although  two 
persons  may  perform  some  action  equally  well,  yet 
no  two  persons  will  set  about  doing  it  precisely 
in  the  same  way,  as  there  are  no  two  dispositions 
exactly  similar.  So  we  must  make  allowances,  and 
give  each  the  scope  and  room  he  specially  requires, 
or  the  light  and  support  that  is  needful  if  we  wish 
the  work  to  be  done,  not  only  well,  but  happily 
and  heartily. 

Those  in  authority  have  to  guard  against  another 
defect  just  opposite  to  over-rigidness,  and  one  we 
are  not  unlikely  to  fall  into  through  indolence  and 
carelessness,  or  through  a  false  confidence  in  our 
own  power  and  position.  It  is  allowing  the  weak 
to  rule  us  by  giving  them  too  much  dominion.  This 
originates  in  a  feeling  of  pity  for  their  weakness  and 
an  unwillingness  to  contend  with  them.  So  we  give 
them  their  own  way,  until  they  will  not  bear  to  be 
opposed  in  anything,  and  we  allow  them  to  rule  us 
in  little  things,  until  at  last  we  find  ourselves  in  a 
kind  of  thraldom  which  we  must  break  through 
resolutely,  and  at  the  cost  of  much  pain,  to  obtain 
our  release  and  freedom  of  action.  It  is  as  irritating 
as  it  is  surprising  to  find  that  what  was  endured  for 
the  sake  of  peace  or  charity,  and  suffered  through 
kindness,  and  perhaps  through  a  half  conscious  wish 


44  Moral  Training. 

to  practise  submission  and  patience,  should  bring  so 
much  trouble  and  annoyance.  But  we  must  expect 
to  find  the  rule  of  the  weak  heavier  and  more 
stringent  than  that  of  the  strong,  and  that  the 
strong  are  weakest  when  contending  with  the  weak. 
One  of  the  most  necessary  gifts  for  those  invested 
with  authority  is  a  keen  sense  of  responsibility.  I 
do  not  at  all  mean  a  cowardly  shrinking  and  drawing 
back  from  the  duties  imposed  on  us  by  God,  but 
the  accepting  of  those  duties  as  His  agents,  and 
in  a  spirit  of  dependence,  regarding  ourselves  in 
the  fulfilment  of  them  as  the  servants  and  labourers 
of  Him  to  Whom  we  must  submit  our  work,  and 
give  an  account  of  our  stewardship. 

The  ever-present  consciousness  that  we  are  answer 
able  for  the  amount  of  authority  confided  to  us,  and 
the  way  in  which  we  have  exercised  it,  and  that  we 
shall  be  obliged  to  give  evidence  against  ourselves 
with  regard  to  our  bearing  towards  others,  even  in 
the  smallest  matters.  All  this  prevents  us  not  only 
from  being  despotic  or  arbitrary,  but  also  protects  us 
against  our  own  weakness,  waywardness,  and  caprice. 

Those  placed  over  others  would  do  well  to  be 
careful,  and  not  to  express  their  ideas  thoughtlessly,  or 
to  communicate  their  half-formed  opinions  too  freely, 
for  the  words  of  persons  in  authority  are  nearly 
always  quoted,  sometimes  inaccurately,  and  often 
with  wrong  emphasis.  This  is  most  painful,  and 


Discipline  observed  and  maintained        43 

occasions  much  mental  suffering,  and  often  produces 
a  strong  feeling  of  isolation  and  estrangement.  But 
all  this  may  do  us  good  in  many  ways.  It  may  detach 
us  from  the  things  of  this  world,  and  incline  us  to 
recollection  and  prayer,  it  induces  us  to  turn  to 
God,  and  to  place  our  trust  in  Him.  It  teaches 
us  reserve,  which  comes  from  the  remembrance  of 
having  been  misinterpreted  already,  and  the  doubt 
of  being  misunderstood  in  future,  it  draws  us  into 
the  habit  of  silence,  that  leads  to  peace  and  much 
interior  happiness,  and  gives  us  unwittingly  a  strange 
and  controlling  power  over  others. 


CHAPTER  V. 

LIFE,  INTERIOR  AND  EXTERIOR. 
LIFE  is  a  wonderful  gift  from  God,  one  for  which  we 
owe  Him  eternal  praise  and  thanksgiving.  Vet  the 
grace  to  use  this  gift  rightly  is  a  still  higher  favour 
and  greater  blessing  even  than  life  itself.  For  we 
learn  from  our  Divine  Lord's  words,  that  it  would  be 
better  never  to  have  been  born,  than  to  misuse  this 
great  boon,  or  turn  it  to  a  wrong  account.  It  is. 
therefore,  a  matter  to  us  of  the  most  serious  concern 
to  reflect  and  examine  how  we  have  spent  the  time 
God  has  given  to  us,  and  for  what  end  we  have 
lived. 

That  there  is  a  special  meaning  and  object  in  the 
life  of  each  one  of  us — that  God  had  a  Divine  purpose 
in  calling  us  into  existence.  We  cannot  doubt  that 
it  is  our  duty  to  serve  Him,  to  serve  "  Him  only,  " 
and  1hat  in  the  way  He  has  marked  out  for  each 
of  us. 

The  study  of  human  life  is  full  of  the  deepest 
interest,  whether  we  consider  in  it  the  gift  of  immor 
tality,  that  wonderful  capacity,  or  endowment,  by 
which  God  has  granted  to  our  souls  a  never-ending 


Life,  interior  and  exterior.  47 

life,  the  power  of  living  everlastingly,  happy,  pos 
sessing  Him,  and  possessing  Him  eternally,  or 
whether  we  consider  it  merely  as  the  span  of  our 
existence,  which  has  been  given  to  us  that  we  may 
gain  that  eternal  life  by  a  faithful  and  willing  service 
in  this  world. 

As  we  are  formed  of  two  natures,  we  live,  as  it 
were,  two  lives — one  sensuous  and  exterior,  the  other 
spiritual  and  interior  ;  though  we  abide  in  and  greatly 
appreciate  the  possession  of  both,  still  we  usually 
value  one  more  than  the  other,  and  therefore  more 
especially  cherish  it  and  cultivate  it.  So  one  or  the 
other  has  the  mastery,  and  rules  our  conduct,  ac 
cording  as  we  are  faithful  or  unfaithful  to  grace,  and 
as  we  obey  or  disobey  the  dictates  of  conscience. 

The  exterior  life,  which  should  be  directed  to  God 
and  devoted  to  His  glory,  is  itself  a  most  instructive 
subject  for  reflection,  and  one  which  brings  before  us 
simple  truths  we  are  likely  to  overlook,  just  because 
they  are  simple  and  common-place,  and  yet  they 
reveal  much  of  God's  ways  towards  us. 

First  we  see  before  us  the  various  and  successive 
phases  of  man's  existence,  and  the  duties  to  be 
accomplished  in  each  ;  duties  which,  if  negligently 
done,  or  overlooked  in  one  stage,  are  seldom  over 
taken  or  entirely  repaired  in  the  next,  and  still  more 
rarely  at  any  late  period.  Each  phase  of  life  has  its 
own  special  work,  and  has  its  ov  n  special  difficulties. 


48  Moral  Training. 

Hurtful  as  it  is  to  be  dilatory  and  procrastinating, 
still  we  must  be  careful  to  avoid  being  over  eager  in 
anticipating  what  has  to  be  done,  for  order,  "  Heaven's 
first  law,"  should  always  be  observed. 

As  we  reflect  on  the  different  states  and  conditions 
of  human  existence,  the  discovery  that  strikes  us  with 
most  surprise  is  the  limited  nature  of  our  bodily 
powers,  and  the  fewness  of  our  days  of  physical 
labour,  in  comparison  with  the  continuous  action  and 
ceaseless  durability  of  the  intellectual  and  spiritual 
life.  We  are  amazed  to  find  our  hours  of  toil  and 
servile  work  are  much  shorter  than  we  imagined,  and 
that  the  time  we  spend  in  this  way,  no  matter  how 
hard  we  may  labour,  and  though  we  may  devote  to  it 
our  best  years  from  youth  to  age,  still  scarcely 
amounts  to  one-sixth  of  our  earthly  existence.  For 
instance,  if  we  look  through  the  life  of  a  good,  intelli 
gent,  hard-working  man,  who  has  lived  three  score 
years,  we  find  he  has  given  over  twenty  years  to  sleep, 
nearly  twenty  years  to  childhood,  school,  training 
and  apprenticeship,  and  that  he  has  given  ten 
years  at  most  to  his  laborious  employment.  To  do 
this  he  must  have  devoted  eight  hours  a  day  to  it 
for  forty  years.  From  this  calculation  \ve  must  deduct 
Sundays  and  festivals  and  allow,  say,  ten  days 
each  year  to  health  and  recreation.  These  facts, 
though  they  teach  us  how  carefully  and  faithfully 
we  should  utilize  our  corporal  energies,  point  out 


Life,  into- ior  and  exterior.  49 

more  forcibly  the  supereminence  of  the  intellectual 
and  spiritual  life,  and  the  importance  it  is  to  us 
that  they  should  be  duly  cultivated  and  directed,  for 
they  rule  and  guide  our  bodily  powers,  concurring 
and  co-existing  with  all  our  actions  of  mind  and  body, 
conferring  upon  them  their  worth  and  value,  even 
rendering  our  hours  of  rest  meritorious. 

The  time  of  childhood  and  the  season  of  growth 
seem  at  first  sight  disproportionately  long,  considering 
the  usual  tenure  of  human  existence;  but  when  we 
remember  what  they  do  for  us,  or  at  least,  what  God 
intends  them  to  do,  we  recognize  His  Divine  Provi 
dence,  we  discover  in  this  His  decree,  as  in  all  His 
ordinances,  one  of  goodness  and  mercy.  Childhood 
and  youth  are  the  most  important  period  of  our 
lives ;  they  are  the  seed  time,  the  appointed  time 
for  planting  and  pruning.  Whatever  our  life  has 
been,  and  whatever  it  shall  be  to  the  end,  whethei 
filled  with  all  that  is  frivolous  and  worthless,  or  with 
all  that  is  good  and  generous,  the  seeds  have  been 
sown  in  childhood.  If  we  look  back  to  that  time, 
and  recall  to  mind  what  influenced  us  most,  even 
in  passing  events  and  trifling  circumstances,  we  shall 
find  that  our  characters  were  then  drawn  out,  and  our 
dispositions  moulded  firmly.  There  are  some  qualities 
and  characteristics  which,  if  not  secured  in  early 
youth,  are  rarely  acquired  in  after  life  unless  with 
much  effort  ami  difficulty,  such  as  forget  fill  ness  of 
4 


SO  Moral  Training. 

self,  a  strong  appreciation  of  justice  and  honour, 
and  decision  of  character. 

Even  as  very  little  children  we  learn  lessons  in  life  ; 
as  we  grow  in  years  we  grow  in  experience,  and  as  we 
advance  our  character  gets  more  pronounced  and 
matured,  still  it  clings  to  its  first  outline,  and  is  true 
to  its  early  impressions.  If  we  had  anything  like  a 
clear  remembrance  of  ourselves  when  we  were  very 
young,  and  anything  like  a  true  knowledge  of  our 
selves  as  we  stand  at  present,  we  should  easily  discern 
a  marked  resemblance  in  tendency  and  disposition 
between  the  boy  and  the  man.  But  unfortunately,  we 
are  generally  thoughtless  when  we  are  children,  and 
seldom  note  or  observe  ourselves  at  any  stage  of  life, 
and  rarely  know  ourselves  in  youth  or  age ;  so  we  live 
on  haphazard  and  in  the  dark. 

While  reflecting  on  this  subject,  it  occurred  to  me 
that  it  might  be  a  useful  experiment,  and  one  likely 
to  help  us  to  discern  and  interpret  character,  and  also 
to  test  the  truth  of  the  theory,  that  early  impressions 
affect  the  whole  conduct  of  life,  if  a  good  intelligent 
mother  would  note  down,  clearly  and  conscientiously, 
what  she  observed  in  her  child  from  the  age  of  three 
to  the  age  of  nine  years,  indicating  and  exhibiting  his 
disposition  and  temper,  his  feelings  and  opinions, 
habits  and  tastes,  and  the  circumstances  which  called 
them  out.  If  the  mother  sealed  and  put  aside  a 
paper  so  prepared  for  about  ihirtv  years,  and  then 


Life,  interior  and  exterior.  5  i 

allowed  it  to  come  into  her  son's  hands  unaltered, 
would  he  not  find  in  it  a  key  to  his  past  life,  his 
failures  and  successes,  his  habits  of  mind  and  body, 
would  he  not  make  the  discovery  all  the  more  clearly 
if  he  were  a  thoughtful,  truth-loving  man  ? 

I  have  selected  middle  age  for  this  experiment,  for 
it  is  more  than  likely  that  any  revelation  of  the  kind, 
presented  earlier,  would  be  slighted,  or  have  little  or 
no  effect  on  his  future  conduct.  For  the  period  of 
life  between  youth  and  middle  age  is  but  too  generally 
engrossed  by  external  objects.  We  live  outside  our 
selves,  and  expend  ourselves  in  the  imitation,  and 
sustain  ourselves  on  the  estimation  of  others,  and  are 
occupied  with  all  that  is  exterior  and  ostensible. 

But  when  we  come  to  the  meridian  of  life,  we 
become  more  reflective,  somewhat  like  a  traveller 
who  find  himself  on  the  summit  of  the  hill,  which  he 
has  reached  with  a  great  expenditure  of  time  and  toil. 
He  stops  and  looks  around  him,  and  on  the  road  he 
followed,  before  he  pursues  the  uncertain  and  indis 
tinct  path  that  winds  down  the  opposite  side. 

The  interior  life  is  the  department  of  our  existence 
which  is  most  overlooked  and  neglected ;  never 
theless,  this  unexplored  region  exists,  although  its 
importance  is  rarely  realized  or  admitted.  It  holds 
whatever  portion  of  happiness  and  peace  we  possess, 
and  guards  and  preserves  them,  for  if  peace  and 
happiness  are  not  found  in  our  inmost  souls,  we  are 


52  Moral  Training. 

destitute  of  the"m  entirely,  no  matter  how  we  may 
appear  externally  to  enjoy  them. 

This  inner  life  is  the  life  we  live  in  our  own 
heart — at  home  with  our  own  thoughts — occupied 
with  our  hopes  and  desires.  Whatever  we  like  best 
and  value  most,  at  every  season  of  our  existence,  we 
hoard  up  here  for  the  time,  and  hold  discussion  with 
ourselves  about  it.  It  is  here  we  foster  our  wishes, 
and  mature  our  intentions,  and  above  all,  it  is  here  we 
converse  with  our  own  souls.  The  subjects  we  enter 
tain,  and  the  thoughts  that  occupy  us,  reveal  to  us 
what  we  are,  and  the  end  and  object  we  have  in  life, 
and  they  also  manifest  to  us  our  repugnances,  tastes, 
and  inclinations.  In  the  inner  life  alone  can  we  learn 
what  we  really  are,  or  acquire  anything  like  self- 
knowledge,  or  observe  correctly  the  faults  and  weak 
nesses  of  our  character  ;  but  to  do  this  successfully 
we  must  "  watch  and  pray  ". 

As  every  human  existence  is  twofold,  there  are  as 
many  varieties  and  diversities  in  the  interior  life  as  in 
the  exterior.  There  are  no  two  souls  alike,  nor  two 
minds  identical.  Therefore,  to  form  a  fair  judgment 
of  what  these  lives  are,  and  the  difference  that  exists 
between  them,  we  shall  class  them  under  three  heads, 
the  inner  life  of  the  wicked,  the  natural  life,  and  the 
supernatural  life.  Our  interior  life,  whatever  it  may 
be,  is  our  real  life ;  it  is  the  store-house  of  our  affec 
tions,  and  the  centre  and  source  of  our  thoughts  and 


Life,  interior  and  exterior.  53 

desires.  These  thoughts  and  desires  are  the  acts  of 
our  interior  life,  they  combine  to  form  and  move  the 
will,  and  the  will  produces  the  outward  development 
and  the  overt  deed.  And  in  this  way  our  external 
or  material  life,  is  shaped  and  fashioned  in  the 
interior,  and  it  is  either  good  or  bad,  perfect  or 
imperfect,  as  our  interior  life  happens  to  be. 

From  the  simplicity  of  the  life  of  the  just,  there  is 
not  generally  speaking  the  marked  difference  between 
this  inner  and  outward  life  as  there  is  in  the  life  of 
the  wicked.  The  two-fold  life  of  the  wicked  not 
unfrequently  appears  to  divide  into  two  distinct  lives, 
in  which  the  exterior  and  interior  differ  so  widely  as 
to  contradict  and  disclaim  each  other,  and  to  seem  to 
pursue  opposite  ends.  For  there  is  no  one  whose 
outward  life  is  such  a  contradiction  to  his  inner  life  as 
the  man  who  is  mastered  by  some  unjust  and  evil 
disposition,  or  overcome  by  some  unworthy  passion, 
while  trying  to  appear  at  the  same  time  upright  and 
honourable,  and  to  pass  for  a  good  man  to  all  his 
acquaintances.  Such  a  man  does  all  he  can  to  con 
ceal  the  evil  that  is  in  his  soul,  and  that  has  taken 
root  in  his  heart.  His  greatest  care  and  constant  effort 
is  to  seem  what  he  is  not,  he  is  a  "  whited  sepulchre," 
his  words  misrepresent  his  thoughts,  and  his  life  is  a 
living  lie,  without  peace  or  order.  Human  respect 
and  the  opinion  of  the  world  alone  have  any  power 
over  him  ;  his  reason  and  conscience,  unaided  by 


54  Moral  Training, 

God's  grace,  are  unable  to  restrain  and  guide  him — 
they  are  over-ruled  or  blinded  by  passion  and  un- 
mortified  inclinations  and  temper.  While  he  tries  to 
persuade  himself  that  he  is  happy  and  enjoying  his 
liberty,  he  is  a  miserable  slave  to  some  evil  habit, 
enchained  by  some  wretched  propensity,  his  heart 
is  not  only  devoid  of  all  true  joy  and  peace,  but 
filled  with  vexation  and  bitterness.  As  he  advances 
in  years,  unless  prevented  by  some  great  grace, 
he  will  grow  in  duplicity,  and  become  more 
and  more  discontented,  morose,  cynical,  and  un 
happy. 

There  is  not  the  same  contradiction  or  dissimu 
lation  in  the  life  that  is  merely  natural.  The  man 
who  leads  this  kind  of  life,  if  he  has  earnestness,  is 
animated  by  some  strong  and  special  desire,  which 
supplies  the  principal  aim  and  motive  of  all  his 
actions ;  this  may  be  the  care  of  his  family,  his  own 
advancement  in  the  world,  or  his  success  in  some 
literary  or  scientific  pursuit.  When  we  see  him 
engrossed  with  this,  his  favourite  object,  either 
actively  engaged  about  it,  or  in  silent  communings 
with  his  own  mind,  and  when  we  look  at  him  again, 
in  society,  or  in  his  own  home,  surrounded  by  his 
friends,  we  could  almost  persuade  ourselves  he  can 
not  be  the  same  person,  he  seems  so  different  in  the 
two  characters.  Yet  he  is  a  sincere  and  straight 
forward  man,  one  in  whom  there  is  no  deception,  for 


Life,  interior  and  exterior.  55 

his  outer  life  does  not  contradict  his  inner  life,  hut  is 
directed  and  controlled  by  it. 

lie  may  be  prosperous  and  successful  in  his  under 
takings,  he  may  have  a  good  deal  of  natural  enjoy 
ment,  while  he  is  hale  and  strong,  and  so  long  as 
suffering   and  affliction  keep  aloof  from   him.      But 
when  their  hour  comes,  when  he  has  to  struggle  with 
grief  and  anguish,  he  finds  he  has  mistaken  his  path 
and    has    striven    for    an    unworthy    prize.     He    has 
trusted  his  happiness  to,  and  anchored  his  heart  in, 
creatures,    and    he    has    let    his   earthly    possessions 
absorb  his  hopes.     These,  of  their  own  nature,  are 
incapable  of  fulfilling   his  trust  in  them — they  must 
fail  him  in  the  end,  but  many  of  them  will,  of  their 
own  accord,  fail  him  long  before  the  end  comes,  and 
cause  him  pain  and  deep  sorrow.     In  vain  he  asks 
help  from  human   wisdom,  or  comfort  from  human 
counsel  ;  it  is  from  God  alone  that  can  come  strength 
to  uphold  him,   or  love  and   mercy  to  sustain    and 
console  him.     He  has  deceived   himself,  leaning  on 
the  arm  of  flesh,  and  resting  confidently  in  his  own 
powers,  but  even  these  forsake  and  desert  him,  and 
fade  away  in  a  few  years  also,  and  then  he  discovers 
that  his  life  has  been  a  failure. 

The  supernatural  life  is  simply  that  led  by  the 
Christian,  and  the  only  true  interior  life ;  every  other 
kind  of  inner  life  is  death,  or  leads  to  death  eternal. 
This  true  interior  life  brings  with  it,  and  confers  on 


5 6  Moral  Training. 

us  the  gift  of  wisdom — that  wisdom  which  discerns 
the  value  of  everything,  and  estimates  all  things  at 
their  real  worth.  It  teaches  us  the  right  knowledge, 
and  gives  us  a  high  and  just  appreciation  of  God.  as 
the  beginning  and  the  end  of  all  things,  the  Creator 
and  Preserver  of  all  creatures,  and  the  Eternal  and 
Omnipotent^-full  of  love  and  mercy.  When  God 
gets  His  true  place  in  the  heart,  and  rules  the  soul, 
then  all  things  else  on  this  earth  are  comparatively 
valueless,  or  valued  rightly,  and  are  placed  in  the 
position  they  ought  to  hold  in  our  hearts  before  Him. 

This  interior  life  brings  peace  and  calmness  of 
mind  and  joy  of  spirit.  When  the  heart  seeking 
God  sincerely,  and  above  all  things  created,  is 
cleansed  from  past  sin  by  true  repentance,  and  has 
sins  of  to-day  warded  off  by  prayer  and  vigilance, 
when  it  only  wishes  for  what  God  wills,  and  only 
desires  what  He  ordains,  then  the  love  of  God 
takes  possession  of  it,  and  it  gives  itself  entirely  to 
Him.  And  as  the  soul  loves  Him,  it  becomes  united 
to  Him,  and  so  begins  to  live  the  true  interior  life, 
which  leads  to  a  happiness  the  highest  to  be  found 
on  earth,  which  will  never  desert  us,  never  disappoint 
us,  so  long  as  we  are  faithful. 

As  the  soul  grows  in  this  love,  she  has  continually 
with  her  the  remembrance  of  God  and  walks  in  His 
presence,  holding  personal  converse  with  Him  and 
silent  communings,  consulting  Him  first  in  all  matters 


A//t*,  interior  and  exterior.  57 

and  waiting  on  Him  in  peace  to  know  Mis  will,  and 
then  carries  it  out  before  Him  and  under  His 
eyes,  for  His  sake  and  for  His  greater  honour  and 
glory. 

We  all  lead  an  inner  life  of  one  kind  or  another, 
and  it  would  be  well  for  us  to  examine  and  consider 
what  sort  of  an  interior  life  we  are  leading,  and  what 
we  would  wish  to  have  led  at  the  hour  of  death,  and 
to  try  and  follow  that  life  now. 

There  is  a  peculiarity  about  the  inner  life  that  it 
is  well  to  note,  and  one  we  cannot  fail  to  observe 
if  we  study  the  subject,  and  that  is,  its  dislike  to 
inspection  and  scrutiny.  Though  the  inner  life 
differs  widely,  in  different  persons,  and  though  it 
changes  with  each  character,  and  varies  with  every 
disposition,  still  it  displays  this  one  trait  almost 
invariably,  or  renounces  it  with  difficulty  and  most 
unwillingly.  This  propensity  in  the  inner  life  to 
remain  unknown  and  unnoticed  amounts  in  general 
to  a  feeling  of  dread  and  abhorrence  of  all  investiga 
tion,  and  a  strong  regugnance  to  disclosure  and  dis 
covery.  This  tendency  is  got  over  and  conquered, 
in  a  great  degree,  by  a  higher  motive,  to  fulfil  our 
duty  to  God  by  the  help  of  His  grace.  Still  we 
find  ourselves  very  unwilling  to  go  into  this  matter 
further  than  we  can  help,  or  than  conscience  obliges. 
There  are  corners  and  crannies  in  almost  every  heart 
that  the  probe  may  never  reach,  and  they  may  remain 


58  Moral  Training. 

overlooked  and  unheeded  for  life.  To  watch  over 
the  movements  of  the  soul,  and  to  keep  a  guard  over 
it,  is  disagreeable  labour  and  arduous  work,  which 
human  nature  is  sure  to  shrink  from  and  to  avoid 
as  far  as  possible.  If  we  are  doubtful  on  this  point, 
we  can  easily  convince  ourselves  of  the  truth  by  con 
sidering  what  strangers  we  are  to  ourselves.  How 
very  little  we  really  know  of  our  own  minds  and 
character,  or  the  hopes  and  aspirations  we  harbour 
in  our  hearts;  and  are  there  not  many  wishes  and 
desires  we  are  only  half  conscious  that  we  entertain 
at  all?  If  we  have  been  reticent  with  ourselves  on 
some  points,  on  how  many  have  we  not  kept  silence 
with  those  around  us  ?  And  how  little  they  know 
how,  and  with  what  subjects,  we  are  engrossed,  and 
entertain  ourselves  in  our  own  minds.  And  is  it 
not  true  that  our  most  intimate  friends  and  nearest 
relations  will  live  and  die  without  having  a  true  idea 
of  what  we  really  are,  or  the  kind  of  life  we  enjoy, 
and  the  kind  of  life  we  suffer  in  our  own  souls  ? 

We  do  not  observe  this  secrecy  and  disguise 
through  any  spirit  of  artifice  or  deceit,  but  partly 
through  natural  reserve,  and  partly  through  heed- 
lessness  and  self-ignorance.  We  do  not  observe 
ourselves,  and  we  take  no  note  of  what  passes  in 
our  interior,  unless  we  are  under  the  influence  of 
strong  feelings.  These,  even  with  our  strongest  efforts 
at  concealment,  will  assert  themselves  sooner  or  laterr 


L  ife,  interior  and  exterior.  5  9 

and  they  are  sure  to  reveal  themselves  in  our  conduct. 
But  all  these  circumstances  should  only  convince  us 
that  we  lead  a  twofold  life,  no  matter  how  we  may 
discredit  or  disregard  the  fact,  and  that  we  are  ruled 
by  one  or  the  other,  the  natural  or  supernatural,  the 
exterior  or  interior. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

UNSELFISHNESS. 

I  AM  inclined  to  believe  that  if  we  do  not  acquire 
the  spirit  of  generosity  and  unselfishness  very  early 
in  childhood  we  seldom  acquire  it  at  all,  at  least 
to  that  degree  which  amounts  to  forgetfulness  of 
self  in  our  considerations  for  others.  If  we  once 
are  self-absorbed,  and  have  acquired  the  habit  of 
looking  to  self  first  on  all  occasions,  of  inquiring  solely 
what  self  likes  and  does  not  like,  of  seeing  only  to 
one's  own  advantage  or  interest,  and  of  overlooking 
that  of  others ;  if  we  once  acquire  this  habit  I 
believe  it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  rid  of  it, 
except  by  that  great  and  wonderful  grace,  the  gift 
of  Divine  charity,  when  the  love  of  self  is  then  con 
sumed  by  the  love  of  God.  Nothing  short  of  this 
will  cure  thorough  selfishness,  not  only  that  dire 
and  fatal  form  of  the  disease  which  makes  us  stop 
short  in  self  and  look  no  further — to  live  in  self 
as  our  centre  and  last  end,  but  even  the  milder 
form  of  the  malady  of  looking  first  to  ourselves  in 
everything. 


UnselfisJuiess.  o  I 

We  may  know  and  feel  convinced  we  have  this 
habit  (which  knowledge  is  a  great  grace),  we  may 
contend  against  it,  and  try  earnestly  to  overcome  it, 
in  which  there  is  much  merit.  As  long  as  we 
find  ourselves  unable  to  act  unselfishly  without  a 
conscious  effort,  it  is  clear  the  disease  still  lurks 
within  us.  As  the  spirit  of  self-sacrifice  is  the 
highest  form  of  unselfishness,  so  a  sure  evidence 
of  selfishness,  and  one  we  can  easily  discern,  is 
the  practice  of  indulging  in  self-commiseration  for 
any  trouble  and  labour  we  may  have  to  go  through 
in  the  service  of  our  neighbour,  to  whom  God 
enables  us  to  be  of  use,  and  for  which  we  owe  Him 
deep  gratitude. 

It  must  be  acknowledged  that  children  in  general 
are  naturally  inclined  to  selfishness,  and  the  way  in 
which  many  of  them  are  brought  up  but  too  often 
strengthens  and  confirms  them  in  it.  Parents  and 
nurses  give  too  readily  to  the  child  whatever  he 
wishes,  in  the  hope  of  winning  his  love,  or  merely 
to  keep  him  quiet.  He  soon  knows  his  power  and 
uses  it.  He  sees  that  it  is  by  cries  and  constant 
importunity  he  will  most  surely  get  what  he  wants, 
lie  is  unconcerned  as  to  the  amount  of  trouble  he 
gives  to  those  around  him,  as  he  finds  by  experience 
that  the  greater  it  is  the  more  likely  he  is  to  attain 
his  wishes.  If  he  is  reared  in  this  way  we  cannot 
be  surprised  to  see  him  finally  become  more  en- 


62  Moral  Training. 

grossed  with  himself,  and  forgetful  and  inconsiderate 
about  others. 

Yet  children  can  easily  be  made  ashamed  of  the 
first  symptoms  of  selfishness,  arid  they  can  even  be 
preserved  from  giving  way  to  it,  by  being  taught  to 
act  generously  even  before  they  come  to  the  use 
of  reason.  They  can  be  trained  at  first  to  bear 
others  in  mind — to  consider  their  wishes— to  look 
to  their  interest — to  try  and  give  pleasure  to  them, 
arid  then  by  degrees  they  can  be  led  on  and 
encouraged  to  think  of  others  before  themselves, 
and  to  act  disinterestedly  and  nobly. 

To  accomplish  this  we  must  not  allow  them  to 
grow  self-important  or  exacting,  but  keep  them  to 
their  true  position,  not  only  obedient  to  parents  and 
those  placed  over  them,  but  yielding,  unassuming, 
and  courteous  to  all  with  whom  they  associate. 
Upon  this  much  of  their  future  happiness  and 
much  of  their  enjoyment  even  in  this  world  depends. 
Very  young  children  can  be  taught  without  any 
difficulty  to  give  way  to  others,  to  stop  their  games 
and  relinquish  their  places  to  grown-up  people.  And 
when  they  see  themselves  and  their  playthings  thus 
put  aside,  it  shows  them  they  do  not  hold  the  first 
place,  and  that  others  should  be  considered  before 
themselves.  When  they  are  a  little  older  it  is 
easy  to  induce  them,  from  time  to  time,  to  lay 
down  their  books  and  put  aside  their  occupations, 


Unselfishness.  63 

no  matter  how  interesting,  to  play  with  their  younger 
brothers  and  sisters,  and  if  they  are  sick  or  ailing, 
to  devote  themselves  to  them,  their  comfort  and 
service,  declining  all  amusement.  They  are  con 
scious  that  they  are  fulfilling  a  duty,  and  pleasing 
those  they  love,  in  acting  thus  ;  and  this  makes 
them  not  only  content  but  happy.  Self  is  quickly 
forgotten  in  the  deep  joy  at  finding  they  are  of 
use,  and  can  be  a  comfort  to  those  dearest  to 
them,  and  of  service  to  their  neighbour  ;  they 
discover  at  the  same  time,  that  the  true  secret  of 
happiness  consists,  not  in  living  for  oneself,  but 
for  others,  and  in  the  way  God  appoints  for  us. 

To  my  mind  an  only  child  is  much  to  be  pitied, 
particularly  the  only  child  of  the  wealthy  and 
worldly.  The  sympathies  and  generous  feelings  of 
such  children  are  not  usually  drawn  out  and  exer 
cised  at  a  very  early  age.  And  they  are  but  too 
often  brought  up  and  impressed  from  infancy  with 
a  sense  of  their  own  importance.  They  are  trained 
to  think  first  of  themselves  and  before  all  others, 
which  is  apt  to  make  them  selfish  for  life,  or  at 
least  inconsiderate  and  inattentive  to  those  around 
them.  When  made  aware  of  this  failing  and  con 
vinced  of  it,  they  will  perhaps  act  and  nobly  and  dis 
interestedly  on  the  next  occurrence  of  temptation, 
but  it  always  costs  them  an  effort  to  be  kind  or  con 
siderate  in  every  matter  unconnected  with  themselves. 


^4  iMoral  Training. 

The  children  of  the  poor  are  taught  unselfishness 
in  a  hard,  but  good  school,  where  they  learn  it  truly 
and  thoroughly.  The  poor  man's  child  knows  and 
fully  understands,  almost  before  he  can  speak,  that 
his  father  is  the  main-stay  and  prop  of  the  house, 
the  support  of  the  whole  family,  and  that  all  they 
have  is  procured  by  his  daily  labour.  He  is,  there 
fore,  of  the  first  importance  to  his  family;  his  children, 
especially,  look  up  to  him  with  grateful  admiration 
and  loving  reverence,  for  his  days  of  hardship  and  long 
hours  of  toil,  gone  through  uncomplainingly  and  borne 
cheerfully  for  them. 

We  must  admit  that  strength  of  purpose  and  the 
spirit  of  endurance,  and  even  bodily  prowess,  are 
all  strongly  appreciated  by  human  beings  of  all 
ages,  but  to  the  young  they  are  peculiarly  attractive 
and  inspiring,  and  lead  to  the  desire  of  imitation. 
The  tiny  child  regards  his  father's  constant  labour 
and  unsparing  exertion  and  drudgery  with  love  and 
wonder,  and  he  is  proud  and  happy  in  trying  to 
follow  and  imitate,  as  well  as  to  help  and  comfort 
him.  He  will  gladly  offer  his  father,  and  joyfully 
give,  anything  he  has,  and  exults  when  it  is  accepted 
and  his  whole  ambition  is  to  be  able  to  assist  his 
parents  and  to  lighten  their  burden.  No  matter 
how  much  petted  and  loved  he  may  be,  he  never 
puts  himself  first  in  his  own  thoughts — his  parents 
have  the  first  place  there,  and  they  leave  no  room 


f  'nseljishness.  65 

for   self  in    \\\<.   heart,    so   he   grows  up  forgetful  of 
himself  and  full  of  consideration  for  others. 

If  we  observe  children  of  all  classes  with  regard 
to  their  habits  of  generosity,  either  in  association 
with  their  school-fellows,  or  living  in  their  homes, 
surrounded  by  their  relatives,  we  shall  find,  as  a 
general  rule,  that  the  children  of  the  poorest  (when 
good  and  industrious)  are  always  the  most  unselfish 
and  generous.  They  are  ready  to  divide  everything 
they  have,  and  they  are  pained  and  grieved  if  their 
offer  is  declined.  But  poor  parents  are  wiser  than 
rich  ones  in  such  matters,  they  take  with  pleasure 
whatever  the  child  presents  to  them  even  in  infancy, 
be  the  gift  ever  so  insignificant,  and  so  it  becomes 
.1  joy  to  the  child  to  divide  with  them  ;  thus  a  generous 
tendency  is  encouraged,  and  the  habit  grows.  When  we 
call  to  mind  how  good  the  poor  are  to  each  other, 
their  generosity  may  well  fill  us  with  admiration,  for 
the  charity  they  show  each  other  is  something  mar 
vellous,  they  give  "  not  of  their  abundance,"  but 
even  of  "their  whole  living". 

It  is  grievous  to  think  in  how  many  ways  the 
workhouse  interferes  with  and  prevents  the  blessing 
of  home  training,  and  the  exercise  and  expression 
of  filial  affection  and  sympathy,  in  poor  families. 
It  habituates  the  poor  inmates  to  the  practice  of 
selfishness.  The  poor  children  there  must  look 
to  themselves,  and  they  continue  to  do  so.  They 
5 


66  Moral  Training. 

try  to  get  what  is  best,  and  seek  themselves 
as  far  as  they  can,  and  so  grow  callous  and 
indifferent  about  the  feelings  and  wants  of  others. 
They  have  no  home  ties  or  family  duties,  no  one 
to  care  for,  and  no  one  to  care  for  them. 

Boarding  schools  may  have  the  same  baneful 
effect  on  the  children  of  wealthier  parents,  unless 
they  are  first  carefully  reared  at  home  and  unless 
their  natural  affections  are  exercised  and  well 
directed  to  those  to  whom  they  are  due ;  unless, 
also,  principles  of  generosity  and  disinterestedness 
are  inculcated,  and  early  habits  of  self-abnegation 
and  devotedness  to  others  acquired. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

DECISION  AND  RESOLUTION. 

DKCISION  of  character  is  acquired  in  childhood.  It 
not  acquired  then,  it  is  to  be  feared  it  will  never 
become  a  firm  habit  of  mind  afterwards.  We  have 
more  opportunities  of  practising  it  while  we  are  chil 
dren  than  we  have  generally  in  after  life.  If  we  look 
through  our  past  years  we  shall  find  we  made  more 
decisions  while  we  were  young,  than  we  have  made, 
or  were  called  on  to  make,  throughout  the  rest  of 
our  lives,  and  we  shall  also  be  amaxed  to  discover 
how  much  of  routine  there  generally  is  in  the  life 
of  middle  age,  and  how  little  we  have  had  of  liberty 
of  action  since  we  left  youth  behind  us.  We  have 
made  one  or  two  important  decisions,  and  these  have 
chained  us  within  a  circle  of  duties,  which  we  have 
to  go  through  each  day  and  each  year — duties  which 
\ve  cannot  alter  or  leave  unperformed  without  being 
imprudent  or  unfaithful. 

Whereas  in  childhood  there  were  many  things  left 
to  our  decision,  we  had  to  select  our  games,  whither 
we  should  go,  and  what  we  should  do  during  play- 


68  Moral  Training. 

time,  we  had  pleasant  projects  proposed  to  us,  anti 
gifts  and  rewards  presented  to  us,  and  (within  a 
certain  limit)  liberty  of  choice  was  given  to  us  about 
many  little  things.  But  above  all  and  before  all,  we 
had  our  own  plans  and  inventions  to  try  and  carry 
out,  silently  and  resolutely,  for  we  had  more  time  then 
than  we  can  now  call  our  own. 

I  do  not  at  all  mean  to  say  that  we  acquire  decision 
of  character  by  getting  everything  we  wish  and  by 
being  indulged.  No,  what  I  mean  is  that  we  must 
get  the  habit  of  using  the  will  promptly,  and  we 
cannot  get  this  habit  unless  we  have  something 
real  to  exercise  our  decision  on.  It  is  clear 
there  can  be  no  theorizing  in  the  matter.  A 
good  theory  is  an  excellent  thing  to  have,  but  it 
will  not  of  itself  teach  us  decision.  We  may 
be  able  to  form  opinions  and  judgments  for 
ourselves  on  many  subjects  by  study  and  mental 
application,  but  this  is  different  from  deciding.  It 
is  not  improbable  that  those  who  are  able  to  take 
various  views,  and  see  the  subjects  put  before  them 
in  different  lights,  are  just  the  persons  likely  to 
suffer  most  from  indecision,  unless  they  have 
been  trained  in  childhood  to  decide  clearly  and 
promptly.  It  may  be  observed  that  the  decisions 
we  make  in  childhood  are  of  no  importance,  as 
they  are  merely  about  trifles.  I  grant  this,  but 
they  were  not  trifles  to  us  then,  they  appeared  of 


69 

much  consequence,  and  they  called  out  and  exercised 
our  derisiveness  all  the  same. 

When  we  enquire  what  decision  of  character  is,  we 
find  that  it  implies  a  firm  will  influenced  and 
animated  by  a  well-formed  judgment,  trained  and 
habituated  to  active  exercise  and  to  prompt  energetic 
action.  As  bodily  activity  is  attained  by  early  train 
ing  in  athletic  and  gymnastic  games,  and  this  training 
consists  in  frequent  practice,  so  something  of  the 
same  process  is  necessary  for  the  creation  of  the 
mental  vigour  that  is  required  for  the  exercise  of 
decision.  The  mind  must  have,  not  only  a  certain 
freedom  of  action,  but  it  must  be  made  to  act, 
even  though  the  action  may  result  in  or  be  freighted 
with  some  little  difficulty. 

It  is  an  interesting  and  curious  study  to  observe 
children  selecting  their  yearly  premiums,  or  a  large 
family,  young  in  years,  getting  their  choice  of  some 
little  Christmas  gifts.  The  eldest  usually  has  the 
first  choice,  and  as  he  is  often  the  favourite  with 
his  parents,  he  knows  he  can  easily  obtain  what  he 
wishes  at  any  time  ;  he  fancies  it  looks  manly 
to  seem  indifferent,  so  after  looking  over  everything 
carelessly,  he  ends  in  taking  something  that  attracts 
his  eye  at  the  moment,  but  is  not  of  the  least  use 
to  him.  If  he  adopts  the  habit  of  acting  in  this  way 
for  some  years,  he  is  nearly  sure  to  grow  into  an 
undecided  and  irresolute  man.  All  the  while  the 


/o  Moral  Training. 

mind  of  one  of  the  younger  boys  is  thoroughly 
exercised,  and  he  is  growing  into  a  different  and 
opposite  character.  He  is  aware  that  he  is  not  the 
favourite,  and  expects  no  preference,  but  he  knows 
what  he  wants,  and  why  lie  wants  it.  He  lias  made 
his  selection  silently  in  his  own  mind  shortly  after 
he  entered  the  room,  and  as  he  expects  to  find 
others  of  his  way  of  thinking,  he  has  little  hope 
of  getting  it.  He  waits  anxiously  for  his  turn  to 
come,  when  we  see,  by  the  direct  and  determined 
way  in  which  he  walks  up  and  takes  the  object  he 
has  chosen,  that  his  decision  was  firmly  made  before 
hand.  From  the  caprice  and  indecision  of  his 
companions,  it  is  more  than  likely  he  may  get  even 
the  first  prize  he  selected.  He  has  learned  the 
value  of  knowing  his  own  mind,  and  it  is  a  lesson 
he  will  not  forget  through  life.  Indeed  such  a 
boy  who  has  received  some  good  early  training, 
and  who  has  had  to  think  for  himself,  and  to 
make  his  own  way  in  the  world  from  his  boyhood, 
ivill  be  found  as  he  advances  in  years  a  most  decided 
character. 

We  must  remember  that  decision  of  character  is 
a  blessing,  or  the  reverse,  according  as  it  has  been 
inculcated  or  nurtured,  and  as  it  affects  the  conduct 
of  a  man.  If,  when  school  days  are  ended,  a  youth 
has  made  his  own  way  in  life,  although  he  may  have 
gone  through  great  toil  and  suffering,  and  had  much 


Decision  and  Resolution.  7 1 

to  contend  with,  still  if  he  has  met  with  a  large  share 
of  kindness,  even  in  the  good  wishes  and  encourage 
ment  of  those  around,  he  will,  (if  faithful  to  good 
early  training),  be  firm  and  determined,  and  at  the 
same  time  noble  and  generous,  always  ready  to  help 
those  lie  sees  struggling  with  difficulties  as  he  himself 
had  struggled,  and  to  protect  the  weak.  This  dis 
position,  (which  is  characteristic  in  him),  is  founded 
in  charity  and  fellow-feeling  towards  those  who  suffer 
as  he  had  suffered. 

Such  a  man  is  also  likely  to  be  gifted  with  presence 
of  mind  in  no  small  degree.  On  a  sudden  catas 
trophe,  or  an  alarming  accident,  he  is  calm  and 
resolute,  his  intellect  and  conscience  tell  him  his 
duty,  his  heart  is  full  of  desire  to  do  it,  and  hope  to 
accomplish  it.  From  the  habit  of  thinking  of  results, 
his  mind  takes  in  at  a  glance  all  he  has  read  or  heard 
of  courses  taken  with  success  on  a  like  occasion,  and 
with  swift  undaunted  judgment  he  determines  what 
had  best  be  done,  and  does  it  promptly  and  firmly 
sustained  by  the  consciousness  that  he  is  doing  what 
he  believes  is  right. 

I5ul  if  this  man  had  been  brought  up  in  more 
unfavourable  circumstances  and  was  of  a  harder 
nature  we  should  have  found  him  a  very  different 
person.  If  he  had  been  treated  with  indifference 
and  neglect  in  childhood,  and  with  harshness  and 
injustice  in  youth,  and  if  he  had  to  work  his  own 


Moral  Training. 


way  through  opposition  and  difficulty  without  religious 
principles,  as  helps  to  kindness  and  sympathy,  we 
should  have  found  him  at  nature  age  self-sufficient, 
overbearing,  and  intolerant  of  control,  and  an  un 
feeling  as  well  as  unhappy  man. 

Decision  without  virtuous  principle  hardens  the 
heart  in  pride  and  evil.  In  the  training  of  young 
people  the  spirit  of  obstinacy  and  stubbornness  may 
be  evoked  by  uncalled  for  opposition  and  unreason 
able  thwarting  of  their  laudable  projects  and  designs. 
When  once  this  spirit  is  called  up,  who  shall  say 
when  it  may  be  allayed,  or  if  it  will  ever  be  properly 
subjugated? 

True  decision  of  character  does  not  emanate  from 
one  virtue  only.  In  every  act  of  decision  many 
virtues  are  exercised,  and  all  more  or  less  swiftly  as 
occasion  may  demand.  If  we  analyze  the  process 
the  mind  goes  through  in  carrying  out  one  such  act, 
we  shall  see  what  these  virtues  are,  and  how  necessary 
it  is  for  us  to  acquire  them  and  possess  them 
thoroughly,  so  as  to  practise  them  instantaneously 
when  required.  First,  there  is  the  thought  or  the 
wish  which  occurs  to  the  mind,  and  suggests  the 
action.  This  thought  is  followed  by  the  consent  or 
concurrence  of  the  will.  The  consent  of  the  will 
is  followed  by  the  determination  and  resolution  to 
put  its  decree  into  execution.  After  this  resolve 
we  have  to  discern  and  select  the  best  means  of 


Decision  and  Resolution.  73 

doing  this  and  of  accomplishing  our  purpose.  Lastly, 
after  we  have  decided  on  the  means,  we  require 
courage,  energy,  firmness,  and  perseverance,  to  use 
them  effectively,  and  at  the  right  time  and  place. 
We  see  in  this  how  much  the  mental  and  moral 
powers  are  called  out  in  a  single  act,  and  as  this  our 
decision  may  in  many  occasions  involve  the  eternal 
interests  of  our  own  souls  and  those  of  others,  it  is 
of  the  utmost  importance  to  form  and  execute  it 
properly. 

Now  the  will  is  the  acting  power  that  forms  the 
decision.  But  as  the  will  is  easily  led  by  passion 
or  inclination,  unless  ruled  by  reason  and  con 
science,  it  is  but  prudent  to  provide  ourselves 
with  well  formed  principles  for  immediate  action. 
For  instance,  if  inclination  suddenly  should  pro 
pose  some  project,  without  giving  us  time  to  reason, 
but  merely  to  say  "Yes,"  or  "No/'  and  at 
the  same  moment  grace  should  warn  us  it  was 
wrong;  if  we  recalled  and  acted  on  the  principle 
and  oft-formed  resolution,  "Never  to  go  against  om 
conscience  under  any  circumstances,"  we  should 
find  ourselves  preserved  from  present  danger,  and 
our  will  strengthened  to  take  the  right  course  in 
future.  Again,  if  the  case  were  reversed,  and  con 
science  summoned  us  to  act  contrary  to  our  natural 
tastes  and  tendencies,  and  we  felt  a  strong  repugnance 
in  obeying,  still  if  we  recalled  the  firm  resolve  that 


74  Moral  Training. 

"by  God's  grace  \ve  would  do  our  duty  at  any  cost," 
we  should  find  our  will  fortified  and  made  resolute 
In  this  resoluteness  of  purpose  resides  decision. 

The  habit  of  raising  the  mind  at  the  moment  of 
doubt  or  uncertainty,  to  a  standard  principle  of  virtue, 
always  gives  strength  and  courage.  In  every  moral 
difficulty,  virtue  is  ever  a  firm  support,  and  a  sure 
guide,  for  virtue  is  always  consistent,  and  in  moments 
of  peril  it  makes  us  brave,  from  the  consciousness 
that  we  are  doing  what  we  ought  to  do,  and  that  we 
can  "do  all  things  in  Him  Who  strengthens  us". 
For  if  we  have  a  firm  desire  to  do  God's  will  we  may 
have  as  firm  a  confidence  in  His  help. 

After  having  made  the  firm  resolve,  the  next  thing 
to  do  is  to  look  for  the  way  and  select  the  .means 
for  carrying  it  out.  Prudence,  knowledge,  and 
experience  come  to  our  aid  here.  Prudence  points 
out  what  we  ought  to  do,  and  what  we  should  avoid  ; 
it  enables  us  to  judge  of  the  best  thing  to  be  done, 
and  the  best  way  for  doing  it,  always  keeping  the 
right  end  before  the  mind.  Whatever  knowledge 
we  have  on  the  subject  should  be  diligently  recalled, 
that  decision  may  be  more  prudent,  especially 
if  the  subject  seem  to  present  many  and  divergent 
views.  Some  may  not  be  fitting  or  suitable  to  the 
occasion.  We  must  adopt  simply  what  seems 
proper  or  right  in  accordance  with  special  circum 
stances. 


Decision  and  Resolution.  75 

\ 

Experience    here  will   stand    to    us  as  a  powerful 

ally.     There   is   no  mode   of  instruction  which  gives 
us  such  practical  lessons  as  experience,  and  no  school 
we  attend    so    early    and    remain    at    for    so    long  3 
period,  viz.,  to  the  end  of  our  lives.     Yet  how  littlt 
we  learn,  unless  we  are  naturally  observant,  or  have 
had  our  attention  drawn  to  the  consequences  of  our 
acts  from  our  childhood.     The  old  German  proverb, 
"Don't  cool  your  child's  first  pudding,  and  you  save 
it   many    a  scald   later,"   brings  before  us  how  soon 
experience  can    teach  us,  and  how  well  it  would  be 
if  it   were    allowed  to  teach   us    from   infancy.     Buv 
if  we  look   back   on    life   we    shall    be    surprised   to 
find  how  scant  our  store  of  knowledge  is,  except  in 
warnings  of  what   we    should  avoid.      Labour,   pain, 
and  difficulty  are  the  teachers  of  the  practical  man. 
The  principle  lessons  they  teach  us  are  of  our  own 
deficiencies  and    failures ;    and    if  we    have   learned 
these  lessons  we  have  learned  much,   for  they  point 
out   the  faults   and  mistakes   we  are  most  likely  to 
fall  into  and  the  evils  we  should  most  carefully  shun. 
This  may  seem  a  one-sided  view,  for  surely  most  of 
us  have  succeeded  in  some  things— a  charge,  a  duty, 
or  an  undertaking  has  prospered  under  our   hands. 
Xo  doubt ;    but   how   much  of  this   success  can   we 
honestly    and    justly    impute    to   ourselves?       How 
much    has    God    done    for    us    in    cases    we    claim 
the    full  credit   for,   though    we  know  in   our   hearts 


76  Moral  Training. 

He  did  all?  Our  experience  of  God's  bounty  and 
generosity  in  this  way  is  something  wonderful, 
and  it  would  be  even  far  greater  if  we  gave  Him 
all  the  glory.  We  must  acknowledge  also  the  help 
we  receive  from  others.  We  know  we  should  never 
have  succeeded  in  many  things,  except  for  those 
who  worked  with  us ;  our  efforts  would  have 
done  little,  but  for  their  co-operation  and  willing 
concurrence. 

This  brings  us  back  to  the  point  that  experience 
is  a  light  borrowed  from  the  past,  which  brings  before 
us  not  only  the  shoals  and  quicksands  we  have 
already  stranded  on,  but  warns  us  of  the  rocks  and 
reefs  which  are  still  before  us  and  which  we  should 
strive  to  avoid.  It  also  manifests  to  us  the  extent 
and  the  quality  of  our  natural  powers.  If  we  have 
done  a  difficult  thing  once  and  accomplished  it  well. 
we  have  more  courage  to  do  it  again,  and  practice 
will  make  it  comparatively  easy.  It  will  teach  us 
what  it  cost  us,  where  the  greatest  strain  was,  and 
whether  we  could  bear  much  more  for  a  con 
tinuance.  By  observing  and  testing  our  own  powers 
when  duty  and  necessity  call  them  into  action,  we 
get  a  fair  idea  of  the  work  we  may  hope  to  do,  and  of 
the  bounds  within  which  we  must  in  prudence  content 
ourselves. 

Practice  does  more  than  give  experience,  it  pro 
duces  and  teaches  system,  and  with  a  good  system 


Decision  and  Resolution.  77 

half  our  work  is  done.  But  a  system  to  be  good 
must  be  progressive,  else  it  will  restrict  efTorts, 
and  chain  them  down  to  mere  method  or  routine. 
And  while  priding  ourselves  on  our  constancy 
and  stability,  we  shall  find  in  the  end  that  we 
have  been  in  reality  limiting  the  circle  of  our 
usefulness  and  efficiency,  and  so  far  frustrating  the 
designs  of  God  and  resisting  his  demands.  System 
should  expand  with  duty  and  grow  with  experience, 
if  we  would  be  good  and  faithful  servants,  and  desire 
to  advance  by  the  right  path. 

After  having  selected  the  means  for  carrying  out 
our  resolve,  we  come  to  the  duty  of  applying  them. 
Now  this  is  the  point  of  the  greatest  difficulty,  and 
at  which  most  decisions  fail  in  part  or  wholly.  Up 
to  this,  all  we  have  come  to  is  merely  an  internal 
decision ;  it  may  involve  a  well  arranged  plan,  a  wise 
and  good  intention,  or  a  noble  design,  but  it  is  as 
yet  shut  up  in  our  own  hearts,  or  at  most  made  known 
to  a  few  sympathizing  friends  who  have  encouraged 
us ;  when  we  come  to  act  it  is  quite  a  different  thing. 
\Vc  know  beforehand,  if  it  be  a  matter  of  importance, 
that  many  will  disapprove  and  contemn  our  deter 
mination,  that  some  will  thwart  and  oppose  it,  and 
that  others  will  ridicule  and  critici/.e  it — and  all  this 
in  addition  to  the  prospect  and  expectation  of  real 
and  substantial  difficulties  to  be  met  with  in  the  un- 
Our  courage  and  energy,  our  firm 


78  Moral  Training. 

ness  and  perseverance,  are  fully  called  out  and  exer 
cised  if  we  are  faithful  to  duty.  It  requires  courage 
to  encounter  and  conquer  human  respect  in  any  of 
its  varied  phases  and  forms,  in  its  fear  of  disapproval, 
and  desire  to  conciliate.  It  requires  energy  and 
strength  to  contend  against  undue  contradiction  and 
unjust  opposition,  and  it  also  requires  firmness 
and  perseverance  to  hold  unflinchingly,  and  to 
maintain  persistently  the  right,  straightforward  course 
of  action,  which  conscience  dictates  and  duty  pre 
scribes. 

Undecided  characters  are  wanting  more  or  less  in 
all  these  gifts.  Generally  speaking  they  know 
what  they  ought  to  do,  but  they  have  not  the 
resolution  to  do  it.  They  do  not  fail  so  much  in 
the  decision  as  in  the  execution.  They  will  raise 
difficulties  and  objections,  they  will  put  off  and  delay. 
If  the  work  is  once  commenced,  it  is  begun  in  such 
an  indirect,  roundabout  fashion,  that  it  is  never 
accomplished  in  the  right  way,  or  conducted  to  the 
right  end. 

Although  courage,  energy,  firmness,  and  perse 
verance  are  necessary  for  true  decision  of  character, 
few  possess  them  all,  or  at  least  possess  them  equally, 
and  at  the  same  period  of  life.  In  youth  courage 
and  energy  are  most  likely  to  abound,  while  firmness 
and  perseverance  are  the  growth  of  years,  and  seldom 
appear  in  a  marked  way  before  mature  age.  It  may 


Decision  and  Resolution.  79 

be  that  experience  proves  to  us  how  limited  are 
human  efforts,  or  we  are  engaged  in  a  certain  state 
or  calling  in  life,  and  we  know  we  ought  to  give 
our  attention  to  it  and  fulfil  its  duties.  So  we  con 
centrate  our  energies  on  some  definite  object  or 
special  aim,  and  then  pursue  it  steadily.  Out  of  this 
singleness  of  purpose  or  unity  of  aim,  grows  stability 
of  character,  which  with  even  small  abilities  can,  with 
God's  help,  achieve  much  good. 

Now  an  important  question  suggests  itself.  If 
decision  is  such  an  excellent  thing  to  possess,  is  it 
well  to  exercise  it  on  all  that  comes  under  our  obser 
vation,  and  are  we  obliged  to  decide  about  every 
subject  we  hear  talked  of  or  discussed  ?  It  would 
be  a  great  mistake,  and  a  great  waste  of  time  and 
thought,  to  occupy  ourselves  with  useless  topics,  or 
with  matters  whose  true  bearings  we  do  not  know 
accurately.  On  all  subjects  that  bear  on  the 
character  and  conduct  of  others,  we  should  sus 
pend  our  judgment,  unless  positive  evidence  and  the 
proved  fact  declare  the  existence  of  evil — for  we  are 
in  justice  bound  to  believe  or  presume  persons  inno 
cent  until  they  are  found  guilty,  and  in  doing  so  we 
are  saved  from  the  sin  and  the  remorse  of  judging 
falsely  or  rashly,  or  indeed  from  judging  at  all,  which 
is  the  best  and  wisest  course. 

As  to  the  amount  of  deliberation  to  be  given  to 
our  actions,  our  duties,  and  the  obligations  that  de- 


8c?  Moral  'J^r 

volve  on  us,  we  must  be  guided  by  prudence.  If 
we  know  and  feel  sure  we  ought  to  perform  an  action, 
and  our  conscience  tells  us  it  is  fitting  and  incumbent 
on  us  then  and  there,  we  ought  not  to  deliberate 
further  on  it,  but  fulfil  the  duty,  whether  agreeable 
or  disagreeable.  If  we  have  a  choice  between  two 
actions,  both  equally  good,  St.  Francis  de  Sales  tells 
us  to  choose  the  one  we  prefer,  to  prevent  us  from 
losing  time  through  indecision.  But  in  difficult  and 
important  matters  we  must  use  great  circumspection, 
and  give  due  time  and  care  to  deliberation. 

In  a  case,  for  instance,  where  the  responsibility  of  the 
decision  rests  entirely  on  our  own  shoulders,  but  at  the 
same  time  that  it  is  advisable  to  us  to  consult  others, 
we  are  liable  to  fall  into  two  mistakes,  both  arising 
from  the  same  defect— want  of  due  reflection  and 
consideration — but  quite  opposite  in  their  way  of 
influencing  us.  First,  we  may  come  to  some  hasty 
decision,  induced  merely  by  feeling  and  inclination, 
adopted  and  adhered  to  regardless  of  counsel  and 
advice,  and  the  dictates  of  prudence  and  the  light 
of  reason  warning  us  of  our  rashness  in  following 
our  own  will.  Prayer,  the  examination  of  our  motives 
of  action,  and  the  guidance  of  conscience  in  such 
cases,  would  save  us  from  error  and  give  us  light 
to  follow  the  right  path.  The  second  mistake  is  just 
the  reverse  of  this  ;  it  arises  from  neglecting  the 
exercise  of  our  own  powers,  so  far  as  not  to  form 


Decision  and  Resolution.  81 

any  opinion  or  come  to  any  decision  on  a  matter, 
and  also  in  failing  to  gain  an  insight  or  to  acquire 
any  knowledge  of  it,  until  we  obtain  others'  counsel 
and  receive  their  advice,  and  then  without  farther 
reflection  we  take  up  and  adopt  as  our  own  the 
judgment  of  some  person  who  has  only  given  a  cur 
sory  glance  at  it,  and  puts  forward  a  one-sided  view. 
Me  may  fancy  he  has  no  responsibility  in  the  matter, 
.uid  therefore  has  taken  no  pains  to  study  the  case 
or  to  ascertain  its  true  bearings;  so  his  ill-formed 
and  partial  opinion  leads  us  to  a  wrong  decision, 
because  we  followed  it  blindly  and  unwisely. 

In  all  deliberation  on  matters  of  consequence, 
method  is  of  great  value.  It  helps  us  to  a  right 
judgment,  and  simplifies  the  process  of  deciding,  and 
even  removes  difficulties  in  the  way  of  it.  If  we 
observe  a  man  of  vigorous  and  conscientious  character, 
who  has  been  habituated  to  decision  from  childhood, 
in  the  act  of  making  up  his  mind  on  some  important 
point,  we  find  him  submitting  himself  to  strict  mora 
discipline,  and  practising  much  mental  labour.  He 
first  considers  and  realizes  his  own  responsibility  in 
the  matter,  and  then  he  tries  to  acquire  a  clear  and 
periect  knowledge  of  it,  so  that  he  may  know  what 
he  ought  to  do,  and  how  it  should  be  done.  He 
collects  all  the  information  that  can  be  had,  and 
gives  his  full  attention  to  each  particular  thai  presents 
itself,  and  forms  his  opinion  so  far,  until  he  has 
6 


82  Moral  Training. 

examined  the  next  point  that  comes  before  him.  And 
from  a  connected  manner  of  thinking  he  sees  dis 
tinctly  through  the  case,  and  makes  his  stand  when 
he  comes  in  view  of  a  clear  conviction  and  just  con 
clusion  ;  but  he  suspends  his  judgment,  and  defers 
making  his  final  decision  until  he  hears  the  opinion 
of  those  he  should  consult,  and  on  whom  he  has 
reliance.  It  may  seem  that  this  should  have  been 
done  sooner,  but  a  practical  man — who  wishes  to  do 
the  right  thing  and  tries  to  do  the  best  thing — finds 
a  greater  help  in  the  opinion  of  others  when  he  has 
studied  the  matter  fully  himself.  Fie  thus  sees  the 
value  of  their  suggestions,  and  he  is  able  to  ripply 
them  to  the  best  advantage,  according  to  his  needs 
and  the  help  they  give  ;  but  always  bearing  in  mind 
that  he  alone  is  responsible  for  the  decision.  He 
knows  the  labour  it  costs  to  form  a  true  judgment, 
therefore  he  gives  due  consideration  to  all  that  is 
proposed. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

TEMPER.  CRITICISM,  AND  SYMPATHY. 

PFACE  forms  a  great  part  of  this  world's  happiness, 
f«>r  there  is  no  real  happiness  without  it.  It  came 
with  the  glad  tidings  of  our  Saviour's  Birth  ;  it  was 
His  parting  gift  to  Mis  Apostles  at  His  Resurrection. 
Therefore  it  is  a  matter  of  much  consequence  to  us 
to  consider  what  constitutes  peace,  what  tends  to 
disturb  it,  and  how  it  is  to  be  cultivated  and  pre 
served. 

True  peace  is  the  perfection  of  order.  It  is  the 
tranquil  reign  of  reason  over  human  passions  and 
vices  ;  the  human  soul  obedient  to  God's  will,  and 
submissive  to  all  His  decrees  and  dispensations;  the 
human  heart  resting  in  (Jod  and  united  to  Him  in 
love,  and,  for  His  sake,  full  of  charity  and  good  will 
for  all  men.  We  are  told  by  the  Spirit  of  Truth, 
"There  is  no  peace  for  the  wicked".  All  sin  is  the 
enemy  of  peace;  grievous  sin  is  its  destruction,  de 
priving  us  of  true  interior  peace  and  sanctifying  grace, 
hvery  disorderly  and  uncontrolled  passion  lias  power, 


84  Moral  Training. 

so  far  as  it  is  indulged,  to  trouble  and  disturb  our 
tranquillity ;  but  the  passion  of  anger  is  the  one  that 
is  most  universally  destructive  of  it.  Not  only  is  it 
the  most  turbulent  of  all  the  passions,  but  it  is  the 
one  most  easily  and  most  frequently  excited,  for  it 
is  the  combatant  that  stands  forth  in  defence  of  all 
the  others.  If  our  inclinations  are  opposed,  or  our 
wishes  contradicted,  unless  we  have  learned  to  over 
come  our  irascibility  and  to  conquer  our  impatience, 
our  ire  is  at  once  provoked  and  our  peace  invaded. 

The  government  of  temper  is  therefore  a  matter 
of  great  consequence  to  the  preservation  of  tran- 
quillty,  and  we  cannot  learn  to  subdue  it  at  too 
early  an  age.  The  passion  of  anger  being  part  of  our 
nature,  is  born  with  us,  and  is  the  passion  we  are 
most  prone  to  in  infancy.  A  child  may  form  habits 
of  ill-temper  before  he  comes  to  the  use  of  reason, 
and  bear  them  through  life,  blighting  and  embittering 
his  existence,  unless  by  God's  grace  he  has  struggled 
successfully  against  them  after  he  became  conscious 
of  their  existence.  It  is  only  fair  to  him  to  preserve 
and  guard  him  against  this  evil  by  early  and  easy 
lessons  of  forbearance.  For  instance,  an  infant  makes 
his  wants  known  by  cries  and  tears  ;  but,  if  allowed, 
he  will  continue  to  cry  for  what  he  requires  long  after 
he  ceases  to  be  an  infant.  When  he  is  able  to  speak 
plainly  enough  to  ask  for  what  he  requires,  and  when 
he  understands  what  is  said  to  him,  it  is  well  to 


Temper,  Criticism^  and  Sympathy.          8  ^ 

explain  to  him  that  his  wishes  will  be  complied  with 
as  far  as  it  is  right  and  possible,  when  he  says  what 
he  wants,  but  not  when  he  cries  for  it.  Once  he 
has  practised  this  lesson  in  self-denial,  his  moral 
training  has  well  commenced,  and  he  has  even 
already  learned  much.  At  the  same  time,  while  we 
get  him  to  relinquish  the  old  method  of  expression 
and  to  adopt  the  new,  he  must  be  treated  very  gently 
and  patiently,  so  as  to  effect  the  change  gradually 
and  sweetly,  and  with  true  affection. 

A  child's  temper  can  often  be  controlled  by  a 
kind,  serious  look  from  the  age  of  twelve  months, 
and  more  perfectly  subjugated  as  he  advances  to 
three  years  of  age.  He  can  then,  in  most  instances, 
be  made  ashamed  of  giving  way  to  an  outburst  of 
anger,  and  he  can  also  be  taught  that  to  do  so  is 
wrong.  When  a  child  gets  into  a  passion  he  should 
if  possible  be  taken  away  at  once  from  the  presence 
of  other  children,  and  have  no  witness  of  his  con 
duct  but  his  mother  or  nurse,  who  should  observe 
unbroken  silence,  not  as  thorough  sternness,  but  from 
sorrow  and  surprise.  To  correct  or  contradict  him 
at  a  moment  of  wild  excitement  would  be  worse  than 
useless,  while  to  pet  or  caress  him  would  do  him  a 
lasting  injury.  If  he  cries  violently  it  is  well  to 
soothe  him  in  a  kind  and  gentle  manner  in  order 
to  quiet  him.  The  silence  soon  awes  and  subdues 
him,  and  when  he  reflects  a  little  he  is  likely  to 


cS6  Moral  Training: 

feel  shame  and  remorse,  and  to  ask  forgiveness 
humbly  acknowledging  his  fault.  Once  a  scene 
like  this  is  over,  it  should  never  be  alluded  to 
again,  and  then  the  impression  will  probably  be 
lasting. 

Besides  indulging  in  violent  and  convulsive  fits 
of  passion,  which  may  occassionally  occur,  children 
are  apt  to  get  obstinately  bold  and  stubbornly  re 
fractory  with  all  placed  over  them  except  their 
parents.  A  boy  five  or  six  years  old  will  not  allow 
his  nurse  to  dress  him  or  undress  him  ;  he  will  not 
take  off  his  hat  or  put  on  his  boots.  In  such  a  case 
the  nurse  should  not  threaten  to  complain  of  him 
or  scold  him,  should  avoid  everything  like  a  conflict 
or  collision  with  him  ;  but  she  should  reprove  him 
seriously  and  calmly,  and  explain  to  him  fully  that 
it  is  his  parents'  desire  that  a  punishment  should  be 
inflicted  on  him,  or  any  of  their  children,  who  commit 
a  deliberate  fault  and  persevere  in  it.  So  in  accord 
ance  with  their  directions  and  the  penalties  named 
by  them  for  disobedience  and  boldness,  she  cannot 
allow  him  to  see  them  after  dinner  with  the  rest  of 
the  children.  At  first  he  may  seem  indifferent  and 
say  he  does  not  care.  She  should  take  no  notice 
of  this,  but  continue  to  picture  to  him  how  sad  and 
lonely  he  will  feel  by  himself  in  the  nursery,  after  his 
little  brothers  and  sisters  have  gone  away  to  enjoy 
themselves,  and  how  grieved  his  mother  will  be  at 


Temper^   Criticism,  and  Sympathy.         87 

his  absence,  particularly  when  she  guesses  the  cause. 
After  advising  him  to  repent  while  there  is  yet  time, 
she  should  direct  her  attention  elsewhere  and  address 
him  no  longer.  He  will  then  probably  begin  to  feel 
the  pain  of  being  in  disgrace,  which  will  make  him 
reflect  and  see  his  error  and  desire  to  repair  it.  And 
so  he  will  overcome  himself  before  it  is  too  late  by 
asking  pardon,  and  by  submitting  freely  to  all  that 
is  required  of  him.  Kven  if  this  trial  fails  at  first, 
be  assured  it  will  succeed  eventually.  This  may 
seem  a  very  simple  and  commonplace  method  for 
training  children  and  for  making  them  amenable  and 
obedient,  but  it  has  great  advantages.  The  child's 
excitement  is  not  increased  by  any  violent  opposition, 
but,  on  the  contrary,  he  is  taught  to  think,  and  to 
discern  the  truth  that,  sooner  or  later,  punishment 
follows  all  wrong-doing,  and  that  it  is  better  and 
happier  not  to  incur  or  deserve  it.  Once  he  is 
convinced  of  this,  his  moral  culture  readily  advances  ; 
he  will  in  future,  with  God's  grace,  conquer  and 
restrain  himself,  following  that  injunction  of  our 
I)ivine  Lord,  "Let  him  deny  himself,''  which  is  the 
sure  road  to  peace.  There  are  some  who  seem  to 
lead  this  precept  amiss,  and  to  think  it  is  quite  the 
same  thing,  and  just  as  good,  to  oppose  and  con 
tradict  children,  as  to  get  them  to  deny  themselves. 
So  a  child  is  often  allowed  to  take  his  own  course 
when  naughty,  and  even  exasperated  more  and  more 


88  JMoral  Training. 


by  contention  and  reproaches,  until  the  demon  of 
anger  is  called  up  in  his  young  soul,  and  then,  when 
he  is  as  bold  as  he  well  can  be,  he  is  punished 
severely,  the  nurse  or  teacher  feeling  satisfied  that 
the  severity  of  the  chastisement  will  prevent  a  repe 
tition  of  his  conduct,  forgetful  of  the  force  of  early 
habits,  and  their  own  obligations  to  guard  the  child's 
soul  from  evil,  and  to  help  and  induce  him  to  over 
come  himself. 

A  horse  may  be  trained  by  mastering  him 
thoroughly  once,  but  not  so  the  human  soul,  that 
must  be  guided  by  reason,  and  the  strongest  and 
most  coercive  measures  are  of  no  use  without  it. 
Therefore,  when  a  master  loses  his  temper  whilst 
correcting  his  pupil,  the  latter  has  always  the  best 
of  the  contest.  No  matter  what  amount  of  suffering 
he  has  been  made  to  endure,  he  is  not  subdued  or 
humbled.  He  considers  himself  the  victor,  and  he 
believes  that  he  stands  on  a  higher  level.  His  master 
may  be  gifted  and  learned,  but  he  will  lose  all  strong 
and  healthful  influence  over  him.  If  influence  in 
such  cases  is  regained,  it  will  be  at  the  cost  of  much 
labour  and  of  many  difficulties  and  of  much  self 
conquest. 

Example  has  a  powerful  effect  on  temper,  and  the 
example  of  ill-temper  in  those  we  love  is  most  in 
fectious.  For  we  imitate  them  more  readily,  and 
in  doing  so  we  overlook  or  palliate  the  fault  ;  we 


Tcjnper,  Criticism,  and  Syinpatliy.         89 

make  no  effort  to  correct  it,  as  we  lose  sight  of 
the  harm  it  does  to  our  souls.  If  we  observe 
those  who  have  been  brought  up  with  and  accus 
tomed  from  childhood  to  live  with  passionate 
and  irascible  natures,  we  shall  find  that  their 
tastes  and  sympathies  generally  go  with  those  who 
are  "  rough  and  ready  "  in  manner  and  speech, 
and  that  they  are  likely  to  attribute  hot  words 
spoken  in  anger  to  courage  and  candour,  and  to 
mistake  proud  resistance  to  just  authority  for  bravery 
and  resolution. 

Children,  it  must  be  owned,  are  prone  to  annoy 
each  other,  and  to  tease  even  those  they  love.  Such 
a  tendency  should  be  carefully  watched  over  and 
checked.  IJut  it  is  when  they  display  this  propensity 
through  feelings  of  dislike,  and  from  a  spirit  of  re 
venge,  that  their  characters  sustain  a  serious  injury. 
To  decide  what  course  we  should  take  in  such  cir 
cumstances  is  often  a  difficult  matter.  There  are,  I 
believe,  two  principal  motives  which  induce  children 
to  worry,  annoy,  and  give  trouble  to  others.  One 
is  the  desire  for  notice,  and  the  other  the  love  of 
power.  Children,  accustomed  to  obsequious  care, 
are  impatient  of  any  seeming  neglect ;  and  if  they 
have  not  attracted  attention  by  being  good,  they 
will  secure  it  by  being  naughty  and  troublesome. 
Those  who  love  power  soon  discover  their  capabili 
ties  for  disturbing  the  peace  and  comfort  of  people 


9O  Moral  Training. 

around  them  ;  and  as  it  is  the  only  means  within 
their  reach  of  affecting  others,  they  like  to  test  it 
and  exercise  it,  particularly  on  those  they  do  not 
love.  If  a  boy  discovers  a  way  of  annoying  his 
master,  he  exults  over  it,  and  he  is  sure  to  make 
use  of  it  when  he  is  out  of  temper.  In  both  these 
cases  it  is  all  important  that  his  teacher  should  show 
great  forbearance  and  calmness  of  manner,  and  as 
far  as  possible  take  no  notice  of  the  boy's  efforts. 
If  a  favourable  opportunity  should  offer,  it  would  be 
well  to  send  him  on  a  message  that  he  would  be 
glad  to  deliver,  or  to  occupy  him  in  some  way  agree 
able  to  his  taste,  which  at  the  same  time  fully  engages 
his  attention.  The  evil  inclination  will,  in  all  pro 
bability,  soon  pass  away  and  give  place  to  better 
thoughts.  So  in  a  little  time,  if  the  boy  reflects,  he 
will  be  ashamed  of  his  unkindly  feelings  and  of  his 
unworthy  attempt,  and  its  complete  failure  will  make 
him  not  likely  to  try  it  again. 

Yearning  for  notice  is  the  great  moral  disease  of 
the  present  day,  even  among  well-meaning  people. 
And  I  believe  it  is  the  principal  cause  of  divisions 
and  unhappiness  in  homes  and  households.  But  it 
is  still  more  baneful  in  its  effects  on  the  weak  and 
erring,  as  it  is  but  too  often  found  that  an  insatiable 
craving  for  notice  is  the  cause  of  most  of  the  offences 
and  many  of  the  crimes  committed  in  our  country, 
especially  among  women,  because  it  is  the  mainspring 


Temper,  Criticism,  mid  Sympathy.          91 

of  jealousy,  and  "  jealousy  is  hard  as  Hell ".  The 
extent  to  which  this  passion  is  now  unhlushingly  in 
dulged  by  all  classes,  and  seemingly  without  any 
effort  to  control  it,  or  any  reasonable  excuse  for 
displaying  it,  gives  rise  to  the  fear  that  it  is  a 
growing  evil  that  is  likely  to  increase  mightily  and 
fearfully,  and  to  draw  innumerable  miseries  and 
suffering  after  it.  What !  if  it  can  be  attributed  in 
:i  great  measure  to  our  present  mode  of  early 
training? 

Our  ancestors  were  wiser  than  we  are  on  some 
points,  particularly  in  not  humouring  or  yielding  to 
the  caprices  of  their  children.  They  knew  that  lore 
only  is  the  true  price  of  love — that  bought  love- 
seldom  lasts,  and  that  the  beauty  of  filial  affection 
lies  in  its  fidelity  and  disinterestedness.  Children 
now-a-days  are  not  sufficiently  impressed  with  this 
truth,  or  with  entire  trust  in  their  parents'  love  for 
thcni.  They  do  not  always  take  it  on  faith  ;  they 
must  needs  have  evidence  of  it.  And  while  the 
mother  vainly  thinks  she  is  growing  in  her  child's 
affe<  lion  by  gratifying  every  whim  and  indulging 
every  fancy,  she  is  in  really  contracting  and  harden 
ing  his  heart  in  selfishness  and  alienating  his  love 
from  her  and  centring  it  on  himself.  It  is  not  un 
usual  to  find,  when  persons  of  weak  and  vain  minds 
receive  undue  attention,  that  they  do  not  ascribe  it  to 
the  true  cause — vi/.,  the  kindness  and  affection  ot  those 


^-  Moral  Training. 

from  whom  they  receive  it — but  are  far  more  likely 
to  attribute  it  to  their  own  worth  and  importance, 
a.nd  to  value  themselves  accordingly,  looking  on  the 
favours  offered  to  them  as  so  many  proofs  of  their 
own  excellence.  If  such  demonstrations  cease,  or 
if  they  do  not  grow  and  multiply  with  their  years, 
they  will  be  filled  with  bitterness  and  vexation,  as  if 
they  were  deprived  of  a  necessary  condition  of  their 
comfort ;  and  if  such  marks  of  approval  are  shared 
with  others,  and  conferred  where  they  are  justly 
deserved,  then  the  demon  of  jealousy  is  evoked. 
Pride  and  anger  rule  the  heart,  peace  is  disturbed, 
and  charity  is  injured  in  proportion  as  the  passion 
is  indulged.  In  the  human  heart  jealousy  is  no  sign 
of  love,  except  self-love ;  it  never  co-exists  with 
pure,  unalloyed  affection,  and  is  always  a  proof  of 
self-seeking.  With  God  the  case  is  just  the  reverse. 
He  has  a  right  to  be  jealous ;  He  is  Himself  essen 
tially  His  own  end ;  He  is  also  the  last  end  of  all 
His  creatures.  It  is  a  proof  of  His  love  for  us,  and 
the  ardent  desire  He  has  for  our  happiness,  that  He 
claims  our  hearts,  and  wishes  they  should  rest  in  Him 
for  ever. 

Sacrifice  is  the  test  of  love,  and  where  there  is  true 
natural  affection  we  always  find  generosity  and  for- 
getfulness  of  self;  and  though  the  loving  soul  may 
meet  with  neglect,  unkindness,  or  injustice,  still  so 
long  as  true  love  remains  in  the  heart,  jealousy  does 


Temper,  Criticism^  and  Sympathy.          93 

not  take  possession  of  it.  No  doubt  disappointment, 
grief,  and  anguish  may  strive  to  preclude  and  banish 
hope  and  confidence,  but  the  trusting  heart  will  suffer 
many  a  hard  struggle  before  it  doubts.  The  dis 
covery  that  it  over-estimated  at  one  time  suggests 
the  idea  that  faults  may  now  appear  exaggerated  ; 
excuse  after  ex'cuse  is  made  before  the  standard  of 
appreciation  is  lowered ;  but  as  this  goes  down  love 
decreases,  and  as  esteem  fails  affection  wanes  also, 
and  will  probably  decline  altogether,  leaving  only 
sorrow  and  pity  after  them.  In  all  this  we  see  no 
jealousy  or  place  for  rivalry,  and  so  long  as  the 
heart  does  not  admit  it,  there  is  every  likelihood 
that  forfeited  esteem  may  yet  be  redeemed,  and 
dislocated  affections  revive.  Just  impressions  and 
right  influences  will  regain  their  true  force  and 
efficacy. 

If  we  observe  and  examine  the  spirit  of  jealousy 
which  is  now  so  prevalent  in  nurseries  and  school 
rooms,  drawing-rooms,  and  institutions,  and  wherever 
the  human  family  is  congregated,  we  shall  find  that 
it  comes  principally  from  a  craving  for  notice  ;  that 
true  affection  is  seldom  really  expected  in  many 
cases,  or  even  sought  after  in  the  same  degree  as 
manifest  signs  of  preference  before  others  ;  and  we 
shall  also  discover  that  the  very  worst  stamp  ol 
ill-humour,  and  the  most  galling  kinds  of  asperity 
of  manner,  can  be  traced  to  the  early  indulgence  of 


94  Moral  Training. 

self-will  and  the  gratification  of  vanity  and  self-esteem 
in  childhood. 

There  are  few  propensities  of  the  heart  of  man  so 
diversified  in  their  origin  and  character,  and  so 
variable  in  their  mode  of  expression,  as  that  of  ill- 
temper.  If  we  study  its  many  shades  and  forms  we 
shall  see  that  these  change  with  each  one's  tempera 
ment,  and  with  his  dispositions  for  the  time  being, 
that  they  alter  not  only  with  the  individual,  but 
with  the  changing  circumstances  of  life,  as  they  are 
influenced  by  the  manner  and  tone  of  mind  of  our 
associates,  and  above  all  by  the  variances  in  op 
position  and  pursuits.  For  we  sometimes  find  those 
who  were  blessed  with  placid  tempers  in  youth,  be 
come  impetuous  and  hasty  when  over-weighted  with 
responsibility  ;  and  those  gifted  with  amiable  dispo 
sitions  not  unfrequently  grow  wayward  and  fretful  ii 
they  are  flattered  and  indulged  in  their  caprices. 
But  early  lessons  in  self-denial  and  self-restraint  will 
guard  us  against  these  evils,  and  with  God's  grace 
help  us  to  keep  our  peace. 

It  is  probably  a  mistake  to  think  that  people, 
when  under  the  influence  of  anger  (unless  it  be 
very  violent),  always  speak  incoherently  and  dis 
tractedly,  and  that  no  heed  should  be  taken  of 
their  words.  Is  it  not  more  likely  that  they  express 
their  thoughts  truly  as  they  occur  to  the  mind  at 
the  time,  though  probably  in  an  exaggerated  form  ? 


r,  Criticism,  and  Sympathy.         95 

Therefore  it  is  well  to  meet  their  complaints  reason 
ably,  but  gently,  viz.,  as  the  opportunity  offers  at 
some  future  hour,  when  all  excitement  has  passed 
away. 

The  indulgence  of  ill  temper  is  a  defect  that  is 
sure  to  bring  its  own  chastisement  in  this  world, 
and  that  even  more  swiftly  than  vices  of  a  darker 
dye.  For  it  exacts  in  retribution  the  sacrifice  of 
our  own  peace  and  happiness,  and  it  does  this  far 
more  surely  than  it  disturbs  the  comfort  and  tran 
quillity  of  others.  It  also  imposes  on  us  the  duty 
of  reparation  for  the  harm  it  has  done  before  we 
can  find  rest.  In  other  words,  it  is  like  the  act  of 
cutting  the  bridge  under  our  own  feet,  although  we 
have  to  build  it  up  anew  before  we  can  get  home 
again  in  our  own  hearts,  or  feel  at  home  in  the  hearts, 
of  those  around  us. 

There  is  no  perfection  of  God,  next  to  His  mercy, 
that  wins  our  love  and  confidence,  or  attracts  our 
hearts  to  Him  so  much  as  His  infinite  patience. 
Surely  He  is  the  same  "yesterday,  to-day,  and  for 
ever".  In  our  faith  in  His  unchangeable  goodness, 
is  the  measure  of  our  trust  in  Him,  and  our  trust 
in  Him  the  measure  of  our  love.  Now  a  firm 
resolution  to  honour  this  Divine  attribute  by  observ 
ing  evenness  of  temper  at  all  times  is  a  great  help 
to  preserve  our  peace.  No  one  can  foresee  what 
trials  of  temper  he  may  encounter  in  the  day,  nor 


96  Moral  Training'. 

all  his  temptations  to  impatience,  but  the  determina 
tion,  with  God's  grace,  to  remain  calm  and  to  preserve 
our  equanimity  under  all  circumstances,  comes  to  our 
aid,  and  suits  all  occasions.  Probably  we  shall  often 
fail  in  this  effort,  and  fail  oftenest  when  we  think  we 
are  most  succeeding,  for  passion,  pain,  and  anxiety 
will  frequently  exercise  their  influence  over  us  in  some 
degree  involuntarily.  But  still,  if  we  make  a  good 
fight,  with  God's  help,  we  shall  conquer  in  the  end 
arid  abide  in  peace  and  bring  peace  with  us  every 
where. 

The  refraining  from  all  severe  personal  criticism 
and  the  avoidance  of  all  unnecessary  fault-finding, 
will  prove  a  powerful  remedy  against  all  defects  of 
temper.  I  do  not  mean  that  we  are  merely  to 
avoid  speaking  of  the  faults  of  others,  for  this  is 
clearly  everybody's  duty,  but  we  must  abstain  from 
commenting  on  them  in  our  own  minds.  We  must 
not  allow  our  thoughts  to  dwell  voluntarily  on  their 
errors,  mistakes,  or  incapacities,  unless  we  are 
charged  with  their  instruction,  and  then  only  with 
the  charitable  intention  of  setting  them  right.  We 
are  not  inclined  to  animadvert  on  the  actions  of 
those  we  love ;  on  the  contrary,  we  are  always  ready 
to  defend  them,  and  to  have  some  justification  to 
offer  for  them.  We  excuse  or  suspend  our  judgments 
about  their  defects  and  shortcomings,  and  we  find 
it  hard  to  condemn  them  j  so,  as  a  rule,  we  may 


TV-w/vr,   Criticism,  and  Sympathy.         97 

be  pretty  sure  that  often  when  we  find  ourselves 
censuring  others  in  our  minds,  they  are  out  of 
favour  with  us,  and  have  offended  us  in  some  way. 
The  more  we  entertain  these  injurious  views  and 
impressions,  the  more  irritable  and  resentful  we 
are  likely  to  become,  and  to  appear  so  in  our  manner 
and  words.  Therefore,  we  may  often  take  such 
temper  as  the  test  and  evidence  of  our  want  of 
charity,  and  the  thoughts  we  indulge  in  will  indicate 
where  we  are  weak  and  faulty  and  likely  to  fail. 
In  our  words,  it  is  much  easier  to  avoid  fault-finding 
than  criticism,  because  we  can  refrain  entirely  from 
the  first ;  but  great  watchfulness  is  required  to  guard 
our  expression  and  frame  our  remarks,  and  to  divert 
our  discourse  in  the  latter  case.  We  cannot  well 
exclude  criticism  totally  from  conversation,  as  we 
should  so  hinder  the  free  and  happy  interchange 
of  thought  and  opinion,  which  is  the  enjoyment, 
as  well  as  the  advantage  of  all  friendly  and  rational 
intercourse,  and  deprive  ourselves  of  the  easiest 
and  most  agreeable  means  of  improving  our  mind 
and  receiving  instruction.  But  criticism,  when  it 
grows  at  all  captious  and  censorious,  should  be  at 
once  held  in  check,  for  human  respect  or  timidity 
on  this  point  will  quickly  lead  us  into  much  evil. 

As    we    advance   in    life   we  usually  become  more 
dispassionate,    and    more    tolerant    of   the    faults    of 
others,   for   we   see   but  few  that  we  have  not   fallen 
7 


9^  Mcnal  Training. 

into  ourselves.  Therefore,  if  in  middle  life  we  still 
find  ourselves  given  to  harsh  criticism,  we  may 
justly  believe  we  are  ruled  by  some  evil  passion, 
or  have  ceased  to  dwell  peacefully  in  our  own 
hearts.  Finding  no  happiness  to  satisfy  ourselves 
there,  we  live  outside  ourselves  in  the  affairs  of 
others,  inquisitive  but  incredulous  about  their  merits, 
depreciating  their  worth,  and  disturbing  their  peace 
as  we  destroy  our  own  happiness. 

With  regard  to  the  young,  we  must  give  them 
more  latitude,  without  foreseeing  or  predicting  so 
many  evils,  though  we  must  allow  they  are  usually 
very  severe  critics.  But  this  is  not  so  much  from 
ill-nature  and  unkindness,  as  from  the  want  of  ex 
perience,  and  the  spirit  of  inquiry  and  vivacity  that 
belongs  to  and  accompanies  them  from  childhood. 
The  tendency  can  be  discerned  at  a  very  early  age. 
When  we  give  a  child  a  toy  to  do  what  he  pleases 
with  it,  we  shall  probably  find,  after  rejoicing  in  its 
possession  for  some  days,  and  showing  it  to  all 
his  friends,  that  he  will  take  it  all  to  pieces.  He 
does  this  not  through  caprice  or  for  mischief  sake, 
but  from  the  desire  to  see  of  what  it  is  made  and 
how  it  is  constructed,  for  he  has  seiious  intentions 
of  making  another  like  it,  but  with,  what  he  con 
siders,  his  own  improvements. 

We    may    observe    the    same    dispositions    in    him 
ten    or   twenty    years    after.       In    place    of  the    toys 


Temper,  Criticism,  and  Sympathy.          99 

of  his  childhood   he   is   likely  to    pull    to  pieces   all 
who  cross  his  path, -to  comment  on  their  appearance 
and    bearing,   their    habits    and    abilities ;    but   above 
all,    to    criticise    their    work,    and    their    method    of 
doing    it.       All    this    often    is,    and    always    seems 
very    ill-natured,    and    should    be    discountenanced, 
but   it   often  comes  from  the   wish   to  test  his  judg 
ment,  and   to  measure   his  own   mind  with  those  of 
others,  and  to  get  information  easily  by  drawing  out 
their  opinions.     It  sometimes  also  springs  from  self- 
conceit    and    exalted    ideas   of   his    own    cleverness. 
He    has    no    patience    with    what    he    considers    the 
slowness   and    incompetency    of   those    around    him. 
He  is  strong  in  theories,  but  he  has  had  no  practical 
knowledge    as    yet.       He    has    not    given    himself   to 
any   steady   pursuit,   and   he   has   done   no  work ;   he 
has  no  idea  what  work   involves,  and   what   it  costs 
to  accomplish  it.     15y-and-bye,  when  he  applies  him 
self  to  some   undertaking,  and   tries   to   carry    it   out 
thoroughly    and    to    the    fulfilment    of    his    design, 
he    will    discover    difficulties    in    its    execution    that 
were  out  of  sight  and    unanticipated,   and    his   own 
experience    will    teach    him    to    be    more   tolerant    in 
his    criticisms    and    more    just    in    his    estimate    of 
others. 

The  tendency  to  criticise  can  be  trained  and 
directed  very  early  in  life.  Children  can  be  easily 
impressed  with  the  truth  that  to  delight  in  fault- 


ioo  Moral  Training. 

finding,  to  indulge  in  censure  evinces  a  miserable 
temper,  and  increases  it.  It-  always  indicates  a 
small  mind  to  look  for  defects  in  everything  that 
comes  before  us.  Dispraise  is  like  the  work  of 
destruction,  which  is  easy  to  the  dullest  intellects. 
A  few  strokes  of  the  hammer  or  of  the  brush 
rudely  and  unskilfully  given  to  the  finest  work  of 
art,  will  deface  or  disfigure  it.  So  the  weakest  and 
most  uncultivated  mind  can  disparage  and  condemn 
what  it  is  not  only  powerless  to  accomplish,  but 
incapable  of  appreciating.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
young  cannot  be  taught  too  soon  to  admire  all 
that  is  good  and  beautiful,  and  to  discern  what  is 
excellent  and  noble  in  every  thing  and  every  body 
around  them.  Sincere  admiration  for  all  that  is 
deserving  of  it  has  a  powerful  effect  in  enlightening 
the  mind  and  enlarging  the  heart.  It  makes  us 
partakers,  in  some  measure,  in  the  best  and  greatest 
gifts  from  the  pleasure  they  afford  us,  and  the  good 
impression  they  leave  on  the  memory,  and  the 
approval  of  them  creates  the  desire  to  imitate  and 
attain  them. 

If  it  is  important  to  direct  children  in  the  exer 
cise  of  their  po\vers  of  criticism,  it  is  just  as  neces 
sary  for  their  future  peace  and  happiness  to  guide 
and  cultivate  their  feelings  of  sympathy.  To  succeed 
in  this,  we  must  begin  by  calling  up,  almost  from 
infancy,  amiable  and  humane  emotions  and  desires, 


Temper,   Criticism,  and  SympatJiy.         101 

so  that  the  right  bent  may  be  given  and  established 
in  the  child's  mind  before  the  contrary  tendency 
has  been  developed.  Everything  unkind,  revengeful, 
or  spiteful  should  be  opposed  and  hindered.  That 
children  are  often  inclined  to  act  unamiably,  and 
even  cruelly,  especially  when  they  are  out  of  temper, 
cannot  be  denied.  They  display  this  propensity 
in  tormenting  their  pets,  and  the  weaker  animals 
when  they  are  out  of  danger  themselves,  and  have 
no  fear  of  being  hurt,  for  cruelty  and  cowardice 
nearly  always  go  together.  Even  one  deliberate  act 
of  wanton  cruelty  may  leave  a  lasting  and  evil 
impression  on  a  boy's  character,  and  may  make 
him  harsh  in  his  nature,  lowering  and  darkening 
the  aspirations  of  his  life,  unless  he  is  made  ashamed 
of  it,  and  regrets  it  sincerely. 

Sympathy,  in  its  first  stage,  takes  the  form  of  self- 
pity,  and  it  will  probably  remain  in  this  form  if  it 
is  not  rightly  directed  and  properly  exercised.  A 
child  soon  learns  to  compassionate  himself.  We 
often  find  that  he  weeps  less  bitterly  at  the  time 
he  falls  and  is  hurt  than  at  the  moment  he  receives 
commiseration.  The  tears  will  readily  come  to  his 
eyes  when  we  pity  him,  and  he  will  understand 
why  we  do  so,  and  feel  grateful  to  us.  But  he  will 
be  surprised  at  first,  and  look  wonderingly  at  us 
when  we  want  him  to  give  his  compassion  to  some 
body  else.  It  may  never  have  occurred  to  him  that 


•5O2  Moral  Training. 

other  people  suffer  also,  or  that  their  pains  may  he 
greater  than  his.  But  when  this  fact  is  explained 
to  him,  and  when  he  realizes,  in  some  degree  at 
least,  what  they  are  enduring,  he  will  pity  them 
heartily. 

But  this  lesson  only  brings  him  to  the  second 
stage  of  growth  in  sympathy,  and  one  in  which  even 
those  gifted  with  the  most  tender  hearts  may  stay 
for  life,  unless  they  possess  the  virtue  of  charity. 
Such  persons  feel  acutely  every  calamity  that  occurs, 
and  they  are  really  pained  and  grieved  at  the  troubles 
and  afflictions  of  their  neighbours.  But  as  such 
matters  affect  them  sadly,  and  as  their  hearts  are 
wrung  by  scenes  of  woe,  they  are  persuaded  they 
ought  to  avoid  the  pain  which  is  so  inflicted,  and 
therefore,  to  spare  their  own  feelings,  fly  from  th 
sight  of  sorrow  or  suffering.  In  fact,  they  pity  them 
selves  for  their  excessive  sensitiveness,  and  they  believe 
that  too  much  sympathy  for  others  is  injurious  to 
their  own  happiness.  Unfortunately,  this  is  sympathy 
with  benevolence  left  out.  Most  likely  they  received 
too  much  when  young,  but  were  not  encouraged  U> 
apply  it,  or  extend  it  fully  or  faithfully. 

We  must  remember  that  true  sympathy  is  not  mere 
sensitiveness,  but  the  essence  of  charity  and  a  God 
like  gift.  It  is  the  power  of  understanding  other 
men's  minds,  of  reading  their  hearts,  of  entering  into 
J.heir  feelings  until  we  make  them  our  own  an<* 


Temper,  Criticism,  and  Sympathy.         103 

then  of  acting  towards  them  as  we  would  wish  them 
to  act  towards  us.  It  is  a  faculty  of  the  intellect  as 
well  as  an  emotion  of  the  heart,  which  leads  us 
to  deeds  of  humanity  and  kindness,  which  begin 
in  lurgetfulness  of  self  and  are  perfected  in  self 
sacrifice. 

Sympathy  is  as  necessary  for  the  well-being  of  most 
children  as  air  and  light,  and  it  is  an  injustice 
not  to  give  it  duly  to  them.  I  am  inclined  to  be 
lieve  that  the  most  unfeeling  and  cold-hearted  of 
human  beings  to  be  found — those  whose  first  thought 
is  to  condemn,  and  whose  first  word  is  to  contradict, 
are  just  those  who  received  least  sympathy  in  their 
youth.  We  should  therefore  give  a  goodly  measure 
of  it  to  eveiy  child,  and  more  and  more  when  he  is 
sick  and  afflicted.  It  is  not  well  to  make  large 
demands  on  his  kindness  for  others  while  he  is  suffer 
ing.  Such  demands  at  such  a  time  often  harden  the 
heart,  and  irritate  the  temper.  But  when  he  is  better, 
it  will  do  him  good  to  see  some  one  afflicted  like  him 
self,  about  his  own  age,  patient,  though  in  pain,  and 
he  should  be  induced  through  charity  to  consider 
what  his  little  friend  is  enduring,  to  sympathize  with 
him,  to  enter  into  his  feelings,  and  to  realize  his 
weariness  and  depression,  until  he  forgets  himself  in 
the  sufferings  he  sees  before  him.  Pity  will  be 
awakened  when  he  contrasts  the  comforts  lie  enjoys 
with  the  wants  of  his  fellow-creatures.  He  will 


104  Moral  Training'. 

probably  desire  to  supply  these  wants — a  word 
will  suggest  the  disposition,  and  then  whatever 
he  wishes  to  give  that  belongs  to  himself,  or  what 
ever  he  is  willing  to  sacrifice  of  what  is  intended 
for  his  pleasure  and  pastime,  he  should  be  allowed 
to  give  it  at  once,  freely  and  heartily.  The  action 
should  never  be  related  before  him.  If  he  should 
express  his  thoughts  about  it,  or  confide  his  feelings 
to  his  parents,  they  should  receive  his  confidence 
kindly  and  cordially,  and  preserve  it  faithfully,  re 
warding  him  afterwards  for  his  charity  and  generosity 
in  a  way  he  will  appreciate.  Even  one  incident  like 
this  in  a  boy's  childhood  leaves  a  happy  impress  on 
his  character,  a-nd  inclines  him  to  be  a  large-minded, 
kind-hearted  Christian. 

True  sympathy,  not  only  brings  happiness  to  our 
own  hearts,  but  diffuses  peace  around  us.  It  removes 
all  asperity  in  our  manner,  calls  up  kindly  feelings, 
and  inspires  due  consideration  for  others,  which  is 
the  test  of  good  manners  as  of  good  taste.  Good 
breeding  consists,  as  does  humility,  in  taking  the 
lowest  place  in  our  own  esteem,  in  preferring  others 
before  ourselves,  in  thoughtfully  and  kindly  consider 
ing  their  feelings  in  everything  we  say  or  do,  and 
in  sacrificing  our  convenience  to  them  in  all  things 
except  where  duty  and  principle  forbid  our  doing  so. 
We  find  ill-breeding  the  reverse,  of  all  this.  The 
really  vulgar-minded  man,  no  matter  what  his  position 


Temper,    Criticism,  and  Sympathy.  105 

may  be,  pushes  himself  forward  beyond  his  place, 
and  values  himself  above  his  merits.  Instead  of 
showing  any  delicacy  of  feeling  for  others,  he  is 
unmindful  of  their  peace  or  ease,  and  unconcerned 
when  he  wounds  and  offends  them,  and  even  enjoys 
the  sight  of  their  annoyance  and  discomfiture.  He 
looks  only  to  his  own  comfort  and  satisfaction,  and 
never  thinks  of  accomodating  himself  to  any  one. 

The  value  of  sympathy  is  seen  especially  in  every 
day  life,  and  in  the  home  circle,  where  genial 
manners,  mutual  respect,  and  kind  thoughtfulness  for 
others,  preserve  and  cultivate  peace  and  charity, 
and  maintain  union  and  cordiality  even  between  those 
who  are  most  dissimilar.  No  man  beginning  life 
can  foresee  who  his  companions  are  to  be,  or  with 
whom  he  is  to  associate  during  the  years  of  his 
sojourn  on  earth,  but  if  he  has  been  wisely  trained,  he 
will  not  expect  to  find  all  people  acting  in  accordance 
with  his  wishes,  and  some  may  offend  his  taste.  The 
views  and  opinions  of  others  may  be  opposed  to 
his,  and  their  manners  may  jar  upon  him.  If  he 
has  been  allowed  to  grow  up  unsympathetic,  self- 
engrossed,  and  self-important,  such  things  will  seem 
unbearable  to  him,  and  the  more  he  makes  grievances 
of  them,  the  more  miserable  his  life  will  be,  and 
the  greater  the  probability  he  may  fall  into  the  line 
of  conduct  of  which  he  complains  in  others,  and 
thus  he  may  become  disagreable  and  vexatious  to 


loO  floral  Training. 

all  his  aquaintances.  If  he  had  due  consideration, 
and  looked  beyond  the  surface,  and  studied  people 
better  before  forming  unfavourable  opinions  of  them, 
he  would  find  qualities  in  them  worthy  of  esteem, 
and  much  in  himself  to  condemn.  The  importance 
of  manner  with  regard  to  a  man's  well-doing  is  pro 
verbial,  but  its  power  in  destroying  or  promoting 
peace  and  charity  is  often  overlooked.  For,  sin 
excepted,  I  believe  the  greatest  amount  of  unhappi- 
ness  in  this  world  is  caused  by  discourtesy  and 
incivility.  But  sympathy,  as  charity's  most  active 
agent,  is  the  best  restorative  of  peace ;  it  softens  the 
hardest  hearts,  and  makes  excuses  and  allowances 
for  faults  and  defects,  it  discovers  hidden  virtue 
and  silent  merit,  and  preserves  and  promotes  kind 
and  cordial  intercourse  in  families  and  among  friends. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

TIMIDITY,  DIFI-TDENX'E,  AND  RESERVE. 

THKKK  are  few  characters  so  hard  to  interpret,  or 
so  difficult  to  comprehend  as  those  under  the  in 
fluence  of  timidity.  They  seem  made  up  of  incon 
sistency  and  contrariety,  and  act  in  every  change  of 
circumstances  in  the  very  opposite  way  to  that  we  are 
led  to  expect. 

Timidity  and  diffidence  are  often  mistaken  for  each 
other,  and  at  first  sight  they  exhibit  some  resemblance, 
ax  they  are  both  attended  by  shyness  and  fear  ;  but 
fear  arising  from  different  sources.  They  denote  in 
reality  dissimilar  dispositions. 

Every  human  heart  on  earth  is  liable  to  suffer  from 
the  passion  of  fear  in  some  form  or  other,  and  that 
in  the  same  degree  as  it  values  some  possession, 
and  desires  to  hold  and  preserve  it,  though  it  be 
beset  with  danger.  The  more  we  love  ourselves  the 
more  we  dread  any  harm  that  may  befall  us,  and  the 
point  on  which  we  value  ourselves  most  is  just  the  one 
on  which  our  fears  can  be  most  painfully  excited  if  it 
is  impugned  or  assailed. 

As   the   passion   of  fears  belongs  to  the    sensitive 


io8  Moral  Training. 

appetite,  and  is  swayed  by  the  imagination,  \ve  can 
not  be  surprised  that  very  impressionable  natures, 
when  possessed  with  a  false  idea  as  to  the  importance 
and  worth  of  the  approbation  of  their  neighbours, 
should  desire  to  retain  it,  and  dread  especially  the 
loss  of  it,  and  that  they  should  dread  still  more 
incurring  disapproval.  This  brings  before  us  two 
distinct  classes  who  suffer  most  from  timidity.  The 
first  is  actuated  by  the  desire  of  praise,  but  is  checked 
by  the  fear  of  not  receiving  it.  Those  of  the  second 
class  do  not  expect  praise,  but  feel  keenly  all  disap 
probation,  and  are  easily  depressed  by  the  dread  of 
incurring  it.  The  timidity  of  the  first  class  may  be 
fairly  attributed  in  a  great  degree  to  vanity  and  over 
self-consciousness,  as  it  springs  from  the  apprehension 
of  not  succeeding  in  the  opinion  of  others  according 
to  our  expectations  and  the  esteem  we  entertain  for 
ourselves.  A  timid  person  of  this  kind  does  not 
stop  to  question,  and  perhaps  does  not  doubt,  his 
own  powers,  but  he  is  dubious  as  to  what  others 
may  think  of  them.  His  misgivings  enfeeble  his 
energies,  and  induce  him  to  draw  back  when  he 
might  do  good  service  to  his  neighbour,  inducing 
him  to  remain  inactive,  rather  than  run  the  chance 
of  subjecting  himself  to  unfavourable  comment. 

Timidity  of  this  sort  is  not  a  permanent  quality  of 
the  mind,  as  a  confirmed  characteristic.  It  alters 
with  circumstances  and  changes  with  positions,  and 


Timidity )  Diffidence,  and  Reserve.          109 

can  be  laid  completely  aside  at  times.  For  instance, 
when  a  very  timid  person  is  placed  over  others  in  a 
post  of  authority,  where  he  is  sure  of  his  ground,  and 
the  extent  of  his  power,  and  where  he  sees  no  likeli 
hood  of  being  controlled,  he  will  most  probably  be 
found  far  more  imperative  in  his  method  of  governing, 
and  more  peremptory  in  his  manner  of  asserting  his 
rights  and  declaring  his  will  than  others  placed  in  the 
same  position  would  be.  It  may  be  that  he  doubts 
his  power,  as  it  is  new  to  him,  and  likes  to  test  it 
by  way  of  making  sure  he  possesses  it,  and  while 
he  assures  himself  of  holding  it,  his  fear  of  being 
depreciated  is  relieved,  and  subsides  accordingly. 
Another  peculiarity  of  timid  people,  is  their  difficulty 
in  conquering  a  repugnance,  or  overcoming  an 
estrangement.  They  seem  to  succumb  to  such 
things,  and  to  get  passively  possessed  by  them,  with 
out  making  any  effort  at  resistance,  even  though 
such  feelings  have  arisen  without  any  real  cause  of 
complaint  but  have  been  awakened  through  wounded 
vanity,  and  created  by  some  supposed  slight  or 
imaginary  offence.  Having  habituated  themselves 
to  be  guided  by  feeling  and  not  by  reason,  it  is 
most  difficult  to  convince  such  people  of  the  true 
state  of  the  case.  They  will  only  see  the  matter 
in  the  way  they  wish  to  see  it,  and  they  persuade 
themselves  they  cannot  do  what  they  dislike  to  do. 
If  children  were  made  to  do  the  light  thing  because 


iio  J\Ioral  Training. 

it  is  the  right  thing  and  what  they  ought  to  do,  and 
never  excused  on  the  plea  of  timidity,  they  would 
be  saved  from  many  faults  and  innumerable  foible* 
in  after-life. 

Of  those  who  belong  to  the  second  class,  and  who 
suffer  from  timidity  through  the  dread  of  blame,  and 
the  fear  of  disapprobation,  the  number  is  beyond 
counting  and  of  world-wide  extent.  For  dispraise  is 
not  naturally  agreeable  to  any  one,  and  all  are 
inclined  to  shun  it  as  far  as  fidelity  to  duty  and 
uprightness  of  conduct  permit.  This  shrinking  from 
censure  is  occasioned  not  only  by  the  pain  caused  by 
being  found  fault  with,  but  also  from  a  dread  that 
those  who  disapprove  of  our  actions,  and  animadvert 
on  them,  may  inflict  injury  on  us.  Much  of  our 
peace  and  happiness  in  this  world  depends  on  the 
disposition  of  our  fellow-beings  towards  us.  There 
fore,  it  is  a  matter  of  great  consequence  to  avoid 
giving  rise  to  an  unkindly  spirit,  and  to  cultivate  with 
all  feelings  of  goodwill. 

The  passion  of  fear,  to  which  we  are  all  subject, 
is  especially  felt  with  regard  to  our  fellow-mortals, 
and  we  cannot  look  narrowly  into  our  hearts  without 
discovering  the  natural  dread  we  have  of  each  other. 
Even  in  the  most  trusting  dispositions  we  find  there 
exists  a  feeling  of  apprehension  lest  others  should 
prove  undeserving  of  the  esteem  we  desire  to  cherish 
for  them,  but  when  they  verify  our  e-xpectations,  and 


Timidity,  Diffidence,  and  Reserve.  1 1  i 

show  themselves  worthy  of  our  regard  and  confidence, 
we  then  fear  for  ourselves,  lest  we  should  exhibit 
some  weakness  or  defect  that  would  lower  us  in  their 
estimation.  We  shall  see  how  true  this  is,  if  we 
watch  the  growth  of  acquaintanceship  with  a  perfect 
stranger,  but  one  with  whom  we  ar.e  likely  to  have 
much  intercourse  in  future.  On  seeing  him  for  the 
first  time  we  regard  him  studiously,  trying  to  discern 
his  dispositions  and  to  measure  his  worth,  questioning 
our  hearts  if  we  should  consider  him  as  a  friend  or 
look  on  him  as  a  foe.  As  we  get  to  know  him  better 
we  see  much  to  admire,  and  much  that  harmonix.es 
with  our  own  feelings,  yet  we  withhold  our  friendship 
from  him  until  by  some  unmistakeable  proof  we  are 
satisfied  as  to  his  merits  and  goodness  and  discern  his 
excellence. 

Kven  when  we  have  experienced  for  many  years 
his  unchanging  regard  and  unfailing  fidelity,  still  we 
seldom  open  our  hearts  and  minds  to  this  our  best 
friend  except  in  their  most  favourable  aspect.  How 
much  we  never  confide  to  him  at  all  ?  And  how 
little  in  reality  do  we  ever  trust  him  with,  except 
what  tells  to  our  advantage  and  appears  to  our  credit. 
This  is  from  the  fear  of  losing  his  esteem,  or  of  in 
curring  his  disapprobation  if  he  had  any  knowledge 
of  our  errors,  and  was  conversant  with  the  failings  of 
our  character.  If  we  have  apprehensions  and  mis 
givings  about  one  who  has  been  faithful  to  us,  jnJ 


H2  Moral  Training. 

animated  with  the  kindliest  feelings  towards  us,  how 
much  stronger  our  dread  must  be  of  those  who  have 
given  us  no  assurance  of  their  goodwill,  and  of  those 
who  have  manifested  disapproval.  From  all  this  it  is 
plain  that  a  fear  of  our  fellow-man  is  inherent  in  the 
human  heart,  and  that  it  is  universal,  though  unequally 
felt,  as  some  are  more  sensitive  of  its  power  than 
others. 

As  the  timidity  of  the  two  classes  often  presents  the 
same  appearance,  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  dis 
tinguish  between  them.  But  the  remedy  that  most 
surely  and  rapidly  effects  the  cure  in  either  case,  will 
indicate  the  source  of  the  disease,  and  will  reveal  to 
us  its  real  nature.  They  are  overcome  by  different 
kinds  of  treatment.  And  by  observing  what  appli 
ances  afford  relief — the  means  by  which  timid  persons 
are  reassured,  we  can  easily  discover  the  form  of  the 
malady  with  which  we  ourselves  or  others  are  afflicted. 
Praise  is  the  surest  and  most  instantaneous  means  of 
removing  the  timidity  of  the  vain.  They  receive  it  as 
a  right  and  as  a  tribute  to  their  worth.  The  feelings 
of  self-complacency  called  up  by  commendations 
remove  the  fear  of  disapproval,  and  lull  to  rest  the 
dread  of  criticism.  The  thirst  for  admiration  thus 
excited  becomes  an  incentive  to  action,  and  timidity 
declines  and  dies  away  as  flattery  promotes  self-suffi 
ciency  and  maintains  self-confidence.  The  timidity 
that  springs  from  the  consciousness  of  our  own  dc- 


Timidity,   Diffidence,  and  Reserve.        115 

ficiencies,  and  expectation  o:  censure,  is  overcome 
by  the  virtue  of  fortitude  and  the  practice  of  purity 
of  intention.  The  approbation  of  our  friends  is,  no 
doubt,  both  agreeable  and  encouraging  to  us,  but  its 
influence  over  us  is  not  sufficiently  strong  to  induce 
us  to  act.  It  must  be  sustained  by  a  sense  of  duty, 
and  the  conviction  of  our  own  minds  that  a  particular 
line  of  conduct  i*  just  and  right. 

At  this  point  timidity  tends  to  and  seems  even  to 
merge  into  diffidence.  It  is  not  at  all  easy  to  dis 
tinguish  them  unless  we  trace  them  to  their  source, 
and  discover  the  kind  of  dread  that  rules  us  when 
influenced  by  timidity,  and  the  nature  of  the  fear  that 
governs  us  when  controlled  by  diffidence.  As  timidity 
is  caused  by  the  fear  of  our  fellow-beings  and  the 
apprehension  of  their  disapproval,  diffidence  is  created 
by  the  dread  of  our  own  dissatisfaction,  the  terror 
of  self-reproach,  and  the  sentence  of  condemnation 
pronounced  by  our  own  judgment  on  our  own  actions. 
The  first  comes  from  those  outside  us,  who  make  up 
our  small  world,  but  as  these  change,  and  as  our 
surroundings  altu"  in  our  walk  through  life,  so  timidity 
comes  and  goes,  and  often  departs  altogether,  without 
leaving  a  trace  behind. 

Uut  with  regard  to  diffidence  the  case  is  reversed. 
Our  fear  in  this  state  does  not  arise  from  anything  or 
anybody  external  to  ourselves.  It  comes  from  the 
beat  of  judgment  within  our  own  souls,  and  the  ui> 


i  14  Moral  Training. 

favourable  opinion  there  pronounced  against  oui selves. 
The  disesteem  of  others  is  generally  felt  acutely  by 
the  diffident  rnan,  but  he  feels  still  more  intensely 
that  he  has  caused  that  disesteem.  For  this  reason 
he  is  keenly  sensitive  as  to  the  effect  his  words  and 
conduct  may  produce  on  those  around  him.  If  be 
considers  himself  in  fault  he  condemns  himself 
severely,  and  the  expressions  of  disapproval  he  may 
hear  or  observe  among  his  acquaintances,  do  not 
give  rise  to  his  sentiments  of  self-reproach,  though 
they  certainly  embitter  those  sentiments  as  furnishing 
painful  evidence  that  he  has  judged  himself  truly. 

As  we  do  not  part  company  with  ourselves  through 
life,  carrying  our  natural  tendencies  and  dispositions 
with  us  wherever  we  go,  so  we  shall  generally  find 
that  diffidence  is  an  abiding  and  permanent  quality 
of  the  mind,  though  it  may  appear  under  different 
forms  as  it  is  called  forth  by  dissimilar  circumstances. 
For  instance,  the  stronger  our  self-love  the  more 
painful  it  is  to  us  to  observe  our  short-comings  and 
to  be  convinced  of  our  errors.  Sometimes  we  are 
apt  to  lose  courage,  to  give  way  to  depression  and 
despondency,  and  to  leave  our  work  undone  or 
half  done.  But  if  we  conquer  our  cowardice  and 
dejection  by  trust  in  God,  then  our  diffidence  in 
self  only  makes  us  confide  more  fully  in  Him,  and 
while  resting  entirely  on  Him  we  gain  strength  and 
fidelity  to  serve  Him  bravely  and  resolutely. 


Timidity,  Diffidence,  and  Reserve.         1 1  5 

But  long  before  we  reach  this  happy  stage,  diffi 
dent  souls,  when  natural  sensitive,  pass  through 
mental  troubles  that  are  unknown  to  those  differently 
constituted.  Their  sufferings  do  not  arise  from 
scruples  or  doubts  of  any  kind,  but  come  from  a 
decided  and  distinct  judgment  pronounced  against 
themselves,  and  from  a  clear  discernment  and  severe 
condemnation  of  their  own  faults  and  negligences. 
I  ani  persuaded  that  a  diffident  person  is  more 
inexorable  towards  himself,  and  more  harsh  and 
merciless  in  condemning  some  of  his  own  acts,  than 
he  is  in  censuring  the  worst  acts  of  his  neighbour. 
This  is  often  imputed  to  wounded  pride  and  the 
vexatious  chagrin  caused  by  the  sight  of  his  own 
failings,  and  still  more  by  the  exposure  of  his  defi 
ciencies  before  others.  There  may  be  much  truth 
in  this,  for  self-love  never  dies  a  painless  death. 
But  I  must  say  that  over  and  above  the  general 
liability  to  feelings  of  hurt  vanity  and  human  respect, 
there  is  in  diffident  persons  an  inherent  proneness 
not  only  to  self  distrust,  but  to  self-condemnation  for 
omissions  and  blunders  that  are  entirely  unperceived 
by  others,  and  observed  only  by  themselves.  If 
this  disposition  becomes  morbid,  the  person  affected 
by  it  is  likely  to  give  way  to  fits  of  despondency 
and  keen  remorse  about  the  veriest  trifles. 

There  is  one  distinctive  mark   which  seldom  fails 
to  indicate  truly  characters  influenced  by  diffidence. 


116  Moral  Training. 

and  that  is  their  proneness  to  retirement  and  desire 
for  seclusion.  And  in  counter-distinction  to  this,  we 
usually  find  timid  natures  fond  of  excitement  and 
variety,  and  given  to  loquacity  when  leaders  of  their 
company,  and  sure  of  approbation.  The  latter  prefer 
talking  to  thinking,  as  they  live  outside  themselves, 
and  much  in  the  opinion  of  others.  Whereas,  the 
former  rise  and  fall  in  value  as  they  are  weighed  and 
measured  by  their  own  judgment.  The  diffident  man 
may  enjoy  exceedingly  pleasant  society  and  derive 
great  pleasure  from  agreeable  conversation,  but  he 
knows  he  will  be  summoned  to  a  close  self-examina 
tion  for  every  word  he  utters,  and  that  the  pain  of 
self-accusation  and  self-reproof  will  probably  exceed 
the  enjoyment  he  has  experienced  even  in  the  most 
agreeable  company.  So  he  avoids  diversions  and 
festivities,  and  prizes  only  the  companionship  of  those 
he  trusts  and  esteems,  and  whom  he  has  no  fear  of 
disedifying  or  misleading,  and  the  social  intercourse 
with  true  and  tried  friends,  with  whom  he  is  at  ease, 
as  they  understand  him  better  than  he  understands 
himself.  At  this  point  we  find  diffidence  lapsing  into 
reserve,  and  assuming  its  principal  characteristics. 

Reserve  of  mind  and  manner  can  be  attributed 
to  different  causes,  though  the  one  usually  assigned 
is  the  motive  of  prudence.  We  are  induced  to  ac 
quire  this  habit  when  experience  has  taught  us  the 
worth  and  wisdom  of  self-command  in  restraining 


Ti  in  it/ ify,  Diffidence,  and  Reserve.         \  \~ 

our  feelings  and  emotions,  and  when  grace  has  led 
to  the  practice  of  self-denial  in  curbing  our  thoughts 
and  wishes,  and  in  repressing  the  expression  of  oui 
ideas,  until  by  the  light  of  conscience  we  have  judged 
of  their  fitness  and  propriety. 

But  the  tendency  to  a  reserved  character  is  often 
acquired  in  early  childhood,  long  before  we  come 
to  the  years  of  discretion,  or  have  had  any  experi 
ence  of  its  value.  We  generally  come  by  it  in  one 
of  four  ways.  First,  by  the  example  of  those  we 
love.  Reserved  parents  have  usually  reserved  chil 
dren  if  they  are  affectionate  also.  Secondly,  reserve 
is  acquired  from  having  suffered  from  the  want  ot 
reserve  in  those  we  have  trusted.  A  mother  chills 
her  child's  affection  and  estranges  him  from  her 
when  he  overhears  her  relating  to  a  group  of  visitors 
what  he  said  to  her  in  secret,  and  he  is  filled  with 
wonder  and  disappointment  when  he  sees  her  laughing 
over  his  childish  ideas  and  fancies.  He  had  opened 
his  heart  to  her  as  she  encouraged  him  to  tell  his 
thoughts  and  feelings,  and  he  loved  all  the  more 
as  he  trusted  her  and  had  reliance  on  her  fidelity. 
Hut  now  his  faith  in  her  is  rudely  shaken.  He  does 
not  complain,  his  love  is  too  true.  To  whom  could 
he  complain  of  her,  and  in  whom  else  could  he  con 
fide?  So  he  begins  at  once  to  be  reticent,  and  to 
shroud  his  thoughts  in  his  own  heart,  and  grows  up  a 
man  of  reserve. 


1 1 8  Moral  Training. 

Communicative  mothers  often  feel  acutely  that  they 
do  not  possess  their  children's  confidence,  forgetting 
that  they  themselves  are  nearly  always  to  blame  in 
failing  to  cultivate  feelings  of  sympathy  and  trust 
according  to  each  child's  disposition.  When  reserve 
becomes  apparent,  mothers  are  apt  to  twit  their  children 
on  their  habits  of  secrecy,  and  to  ridicule  them  for 
their  love  of  mystery,  and  they  do  this  in  the  hope  of 
curing  them.  But  such  a  course  of  action  has  the 
opposite  effect,  and  generally  confirms  them  in  their 
habits  of  reticence  for  life. 

The  third  way  the  reserved  character  is  formed  in 
children  is  from  misunderstanding  them.  Parents 
often  come  to  a  hasty  judgment  about  the  disposition 
of  their  children,  and  adhere  to  it  without  questioning 
its  correctness  or  testing  its  truth.  A  child  bears  a 
strong  resemblance  to  some  member  of  his  family,  and 
is  at  once  declared  to  be  like  him  in  all  respects.  He 
hears  qualities  and  propensities  imputed  to  him  that 
he  knows  he  does  not  possess.  He  finds  that  there 
is  no  use  in  his  trying  to  disprove  such  statements, 
his  words  are  unheeded.  It  is  not  his  place  to  con 
tradict  his  parents,  and  so  he  becomes  silent  about 
himself  and  uncommunicative  with  regard  to  his  real 
feelings  and  impressions. 

But  the  child  most  likely  to  grow  into  a  thoroughly 
reserved  character  is  the  one  most  overlooked  in 
the  family.  His  tastes  and  opinions  are  supposed 


Timidity,  Diffidence,  and  Reserve.         \  19 

to  be  the  same  as  his  brothers,  and  there  is  nc 
special  inquiry  made  about  them.  He  finds  it  his 
place  to  listen  to  the  views  and  plans  of  others, 
which  he  is  allowed  to  adopt  as  far  as  he  is  ablo, 
but  he  is  not  expected  to  express  his  own  ideas, 
and  no  one  seems  willing  to  hear  them,  or  to  care 
for  his  confidence.  As  he  lives  on  he  is  more  and 
more  convinced  that  there  is  nothing  in  his  mind 
to  interest  those  around  him,  and  that  probably 
they  would  not  understand  him  if  he  revealed  him 
self  to  them.  So  he  suppresses  his  feelings  and 
locks  up  his  thoughts  in  his  own  heart,  and  acquires 
a  habit  of  silence  with  regard  to  himself  which  he  is 
but  rarely,  if  ever,  induced  to  break. 

Habits  of  reserve  are  generally  accompanied  by 
much  personal  influence,  which  can  be  attributed  in 
the  first  place  to  the  absence  of  inquisitiveness  about 
those  around  us.  The  indulgence  of  curiosity  of 
this  kind  is  destructive  to  that  esteem  which  must 
coexist  with  healthful  controlling  power  over  others. 
Xo  doubt  the  reserved  man  is  the  one  most  likely 
to  be  trusted  and  relied  on,  and  to  receive  more 
confidential  information  than  persons  of  a  different 
character. 

The  influence  of  the  reserved  man,  in  the 
second  place,  comes  from  his  disinclination  to 
communicate  his  ideas,  and  this  gives  a  two-fold 
force  and  value  to  his  opinions.  First,  he  is 


12O  Moral  Training, 


supposed  from  his  habits  of  thoughtfulness  to  have 
consider  a  matter  thoroughly  before  he  pro 
nounces  judgment;  and  secondly,  that  judgment  is 
taken  only  to  express  a  portion  of  his  thoughts,  the 
best  of  which  he  is  supposed  to  reserve,  shut  up 
from  others,  but  within  his  own  reach,  and  to  be 
utilized  as  prudence  may  require.  The  belief  that 
he  possesses  a  hidden  power  at  his  command  and 
holds  untold  resources  within  himself,  scares  and 
intimidates  some  who  regard  him  with  a  feeling  akin 
to  superstition — so  far  as  we  may  consider  super 
stition  to  be  a  dread  of  a  secret  unknown  power. 
While  others  are  attracted  to  him  by  their  faith  in 
him,  a«d  revere  him  for  his  discernment  in  under 
standing  them  so  thoroughly  as  to  see  what  is  best 
and  wisest  for  them,  and  so  they  submit  to  his  guid 
ance  with  childlike  confidence. 


CHAPTER  X. 

ON  TRUK  I'RINCIPLE. 

WE  may  define  true  principle  in  conduct  as  law  re 
duced  to  action,  and  persevered  in  faithfully  and  un 
remittingly  to  the  end.  We  may  also  represent  it 
as  the  Maker's  stamp  on  the  soul  that  marks  it  as 
His  own,  attests  its  being  genuine,  and  confers  upon 
it  the  likeness  to  Himself  in  truthfulness.  God  im 
prints  His  law  on  every  soul,  and  in  proportion  as 
we  are  faithful  to  it,  He  gives  us  clearer  light  to 
discern  it,  and  more  strength  to  act  up  to  it  stead 
fastly,  and  in  this  way  it  becomes  the  ruling  power 
over  our  actions,  and  directs  them  to  their  perfect 
accomplishment. 

Principle  is  not  merely  the  knowledge  of  what  is 
true,  or  the  conviction  of  what  duty  demands,  it  is 
also  the  source  of  the  fulfilment  of  that  duty,  the 
performance  of  the  right  act,  and  in  the  right  way. 
For  we  all  admit  that  if  a  man  knows  thoroughly  well 
what  it  is  to  be  upright  and  honest,  just  and  truthful, 
and  yet  acts  deceitfully  and  unjustly,  he  cannot  be 
a  man  who  follows  true  prim  iple.  And  the  more 
fully  he  understands  the  Divine  law,  but  fails  prac- 


122  Moral  Training. 

tically  to  fulfil  it,  wilfully  declining  his  true  obligations 
both  to  God  and  man,  the  more  unprincipled  in 
conduct  he  must  be.  It  is  clear  that  if  we  know  our 
duty  and  neglect  and  evade  it,  we  are,  because  of  our 
knowledge,  all  the  more  unfaithful. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  to  us  to  consider  what 
true  principle  is,  and  also  to  exa-mine  whether  we  act 
upon  it.  This  study  is  of  the  deepest  interest  to  us, 
as  our  characters  are  formed  and  our  lives  influenced 
by  the  principles  that  guide  us. 

Before  we  define  more  fully  what  principle  is,  we 
shall  first  declare  what  it  is  not.  It  is  not  merely 
a  decision  we  have  come  to,  or  a  resolution  we  frame 
for  ourselves,  which  seems  good  and  suitable,  but 
still  may  be  laid  down  and  taken  up  at  pleasure. 
It  is  nothing  we  can  make  or  form  for  ourselves, 
nothing  we  can  design  solely  out  of  our  own  mind 
and  judgment.  It  is  not  a  maxim  or  truism  that  we 
take  up  from  another  and  adopt  and  modify  for  our 
own  use.  It  would  be  quite  disastrous  to  come  to 
such  an  erroneous  supposition,  for  no  matter  how 
wise  a  maxim  may  be,  yet,  generally  speaking,  if  it 
is  only  a  maxim,  it  is  only  wise  in  the  circumstances 
to  which  it  directly  refers,  and  which  called  it  forth, 
or  on  similar  occasions.  A  maxim  is  apt  to  mislead 
us  if  we  apply  it  generally,  and  the  desire  to  do  so 
will  probably  cramp  our  minds  and  fetter  our  energies. 
Principle  is  not  a  method  of  our  own  in  the  per 


On    True  Principle.  123 

formance  of  our  actions,  a  system  and  form  of  life, 
or  a  habit  of  mind  and  manner  we  have  grown  into 
for  many  years,  and  now  think  it  would  be  incon 
sistent  to  give  up,  and  so  cling  to  it  rigidly,  no  matter 
whether  it  is  suitable  to  ourselves  or  others,  agreeable 
or  the  reverse  to  those  around  us. 

True  principle  is  nothing  of  all  this.     True    prin 
ciple  is  based  on  the  law  of  God,  and  takes  its  source 
from    the   light   of  truth  given   to  us   by   Him.     We 
must  ever  bear  in  mind  that  the  law  of  God  is  written 
on  our  hearts  by  His  own  hand  from  the  beginning 
of  time,  giving  us  light  to  discern  between  good  and 
evil,  and  a  just  knowledge  and  certain  consciousness 
of  what  is  right  and  wrong  in  our  own  actions.     This 
primeval  or  natural  law  rules,  or  ought  to  rule,  every 
human  soul  gifted  with  reason,  but  it  becomes  more 
deeply  impressed  and  more  distinctly  declared,   and 
all  the  more  binding  on  us,  as  we  grow  in  the  know 
ledge  of  revelation,  and  of  the  precepts  and  ordinances 
of  Holy  Church.     God's  law  is  unchangeable  as  God 
is  immutable,  but  in  His  mercy  and  compassion   for 
the  weakness    and  waywardness  of  man's  heart,    He 
enlightens  more,  and  marks  out   more  definitely  the 
true  way,  the  path  of  justice  for  the  faithful  soul,  in 
proportion  as  it  has  more  dangers  to  encounter,  and 
is4  beset  with  greater  evils  and   errors.     He  guards  it 
moie    carefully  with   His  shield  of  truth  as  it  needs 
more  continual  protection  and  guidance. 


124  Moral  Trailing 


We  know  that  the  mountain-pass  so  long  as  it  is 
only    frequented    by    wise    and    prudent   travellers,  is 
often  left  for  years  in  its  first  simplicity,  but  when  it 
becomes  crowded  by  those  who  are  reckless  and  fool 
hardy,  who  are  careless  in  following  the  beaten  track, 
and  therefore  lose  themselves  in  thorns  and  thickets 
and  fall   over  cliffs   and  precipices,   it  is  then  moR 
clearly  marked   out,  protected  by  parapets  and  sup 
plied  with    beacons  and    guides,   to    preserve    future 
travellers  and  prevent  them  from  encountering  similar 
disasters.     The  road  is  the  same   still,   it  goes  over 
the  same  ground  as  it  did  at  first  and  leads  to  the 
same  end,  but  it  is  clearer  now  and  more  distinctly 
defined,  that  all  may  keep  to  it  and  follow  it  securely. 
It    is   in  this   way    that    Almighty    God   has    been 
pleased  to  act  with  His  creatures  from  the  beginning 
of  the    world,  either    through  Himself  personally  or 
through  His  Church.      The  law    He  first  impressed 
on  Adam  He  imposes  more    strongly  and  implicitly 
on    Moses,    and    He    again   reveals    it  in    the    fullest 
manner  and  enforces  it  in  the  most  perfect  way  by 
the  preaching  and  example  of  His  Divine  Son,  Who 
came  not   to  destroy    the  law  but    to  fulfil  it.     And 
the  doctrine  of  the  Saviour  has  been  faithfully  pro 
claimed  by  His  Apostles,  who  have  inculcated  it  all 
the  more    strongly,    and   enunciated  it  all    the  more 
clearly  as  His  interests   were  opposed  and  His  truth 
impugned.     We  see  unyielding  and  firm  devotedness 


On    True  Principle.  125 

in  all  the  Apostles,  hut  St.  Paul  exhibits  it  to  us  in 
a  very  marked  way  in  his  dauntless  declaration  and 
announcement  of  that  truth,  which  he  sets  forth  more 
and  more  clearly,  and  more  and  more  bravely,  as 
he  prosecutes  his  mission  and  conflicts  with  Gentiles 
and  unbelievers.  Vet  he  came  after  our  Blessed  Lord, 
and  was  the  last  of  His  Apostles,,  and  never  taught 
personally  by  Him,  but  was  instructed  by  His  disciple 
:incl  enlightened  by  the  Spirit  of  Truth.  So  it  is  with 
the  Church.  Guided  by  the  same  Divine  Spirit,  she 
holds  steadfastly  the  same  truth  and  the  same  law, 
but  she  declares  it  more  emphatically  and  expounds 
it  more  fully  when  she  is  called  on  by  the  wants 
of  the  faithful  to  do  so,  and  as  they  stand  in  need 
of  light  and  support  to  follow  the  sure  path  to  Heaven, 
and  to  contend  with  falsehood  and  the  evils  of  the 
day. 

\Ve  know  that  the  mere  knowledge  of  the  Divine 
law  is  not  principle  in  the  individual,  and  that  it  only 
becomes  so  when  it  is  put  in  practice  and  observed 
undeviatingly.  As  we  are  faithful,  God  gives  us  and 
makes  us  more  and  more  conscious  of  a  strong  moral 
sense  of  right  and  wrong,  which  enables  us  to  discern 
more  clearly,  and  fulfil  our  obligations  more  perfectly. 
This  gift,  like  all  his  graces,  can  be  wasted  and  for 
feited  when  we  are  heedless  of  it  and  reject  its 
warnings.  But  if  we  respond  to  it  carefully,  it  points 
out  tons  what  is  good  and  evil,  and  warns  us  what 


126  Moral  Training. 

we  ought  or  ought  not  to  do.  And  in  this  way  it 
becomes  a  sure  guide  to  conscience  in  the  direction 
of  our  actions. 

Now  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  it  is  law  that 
governs  us,  and  that  conscience  dictates  to  us  the  law, 
for  we  are  apt  to  confuse  these  two  things.  Con 
science  is  the  executive  power,  the  judge  that  carries 
out  and  enforces  the  law ;  it  exhorts  us  to  just  actions 
and  enjoins  just  actions,  and  it  condemns  and  pro 
nounces  sentence  on  our  unworthy  deeds  and  our 
unfaithfulness  to  duty. 

No  doubt  we  sometimes  speak  of  the  laws  of  our 
conscience,  and  it  often  makes  laws  of  conduct  for  us 
in  this  way.  There  is  something  we  desire  very  much, 
but  our  conscience  condemns  it  and  contends  with 
the  desire,  declaring  against  it  until  its  accomplish 
ment  is  prevented.  This  sentence  is  laid  up  in  our 
memory,  and  when  a  similar  desire  presents  itself  it 
is  overcome  and  put  away  by  the  recollection  of  the 
former  sentence,  which  acts  as  a  law  without  further 
discussion  or  reference.  And  as  cases  of  this  kind 
multiply  and  are  stored  up  in  like  manner,  they  pro 
tect  us  against  ourselves,  and  ward  of  much  evil  that 
we  should  otherwise  be  likely  to  fall  into  if  we  were 
unmindful  of  grace  and  our  interior  monitor. 

We  find  in  the  exercise  and  practice  of  true  prin 
ciple  that  Almighty  God  gives  us  three  powerful  aids, 
all  accompanied  with  special  graces,  which  are  in- 


On  True  Principle.  127 

creased  as  we  correspond  with  them.  First,  we  have 
the  law  of  God  imprinted  on  our  hearts,  revealed  to 
us  by  God  Himself,  expounded  by  His  Apostles,  and 
enforced  by  His  Church.  This  law  directs  us  in  the 
way  we  should  walk,  enlightening  us  at  every  step, 
and  showing  us  how  to  please  God  by  seeking  and 
following  His  holy  will  in  the  path  of  truth. 

Secondly,  God  bestows  on  us,  besides  this  general 
knowledge  of  what  is  good  and  evil,  and  what  He 
commands  and  forbids  in  ourselves  and  others,  the 
gift  of  moral  sense,  the  faculty  of  discerning  what  is 
right  and  wrong  in  and  with  regard  to  our  own  acts. 
It  is  the  lamp  of  conscience,  and  like  conscience  it 
cannot  extend  to  or  be  exercised  over  the  doings  of 
others  (except  so  far  as  our  own  duty  has  some  con 
nection  with  them),  for  it  throws  light  only  on  our 
own  actions,  and  points  out  what  we  ourselves  ought 
or  ought  not  to  do.  The  fact  that  this  faculty  does 
not  extend  to  the  duties  of  others,  explains  why  it 
is  we  are  so  likely  to  wrong  and  misapprehend  our 
neighbour  when  we  judge  his  intentions  and  assign 
motives  to  him,  though  we  cannot  know  his  mind 
or  read  his  heart.  And  we  see  how  good  and  just 
Almighty  God  is  in  forbidding  us  to  act  in  such  a 
way. 

The  gift  of  moral  sense  is  that  personal  and  innate 
consciousness  of  what  is  right  and  wrong  which  we 
feel  in  our  inmost  hearts,  urging  us  to  all  that  is  good 


128  Moral  Training. 

and  dissuading  us  from  evil.  It  is  sometimes  called 
the  voice  of  conscience,  and  we  may  well  regard  it  as 
conscience  itself  in  reserve,  and  before  it  comes  into 
act. 

Then,  thirdly,  we  have  conscience  in  its  true  form 
and  right  capacity,  that  judges  and  passes  sentence 
on  every  deliberate  act  of  our  lives.  Now  it  is  just 
what  conscience  dictates,  when  it  is  guided  and 
enlightened  by  the  two  aids  mentioned  above,  that 
reveals  to  us  the  true  principle  which  should  actuate 
us  on  every  occasion,  and  rule  and  direct  us  at  all 
times. 

We  must  remember  that  we  may  be  influenced  by 
a  false  and  a  wrong  principle  when  we  wilfully  blind 
or  pervert  our  conscience,  and  follow  in  its  stead 
passion  or  prejudice.  Conscience  is  very  easily 
blunted,  and  grows  callous  when  slighted  or  sinned 
against,  so  we  may  easily  drift  into  a  wrong  way  if  we 
do  not  watch  over  ourselves.  We  may  go  on  in  this 
wrong  course  for  years,  if  not  for  life,  deceiving  our 
selves  all  the  while  with  false  views  and  ideas,  because 
they  enable  us  the  more  easily  and  unscrupulously  to 
follow  our  own  will. 

There  are  also  doubtful  and  scrupulous  con 
sciences,  and  there  may  be  doubts  and  uncertainty 
as  to  the  principle  on  which  we  should  act.  The 
doubtful  conscience  of  one  who  loves  truth  and  is 
humble,  is  soon  set  right  by  consulting  an  experienced 


0"    True  Principle.  129 

and  competent  judge,  and  taking  his  opinion.  A 
doubt  arises  in  the  mind  when  two  impressions  exist, 
and  two  views  present  themselves,  and  the  contrary 
reasons  for  each  are  so  equal  that  the  mind  cannot 
decide,  without  help  and  counsel,  which  to  adopt. 

The  scrupulous  conscience  is  by  far  a  greater  diffi 
culty  in  our  way  when  trying  to  maintain  true  prin 
ciple,  for  a  scrupulous  conscience  is  a  diseased  and 
unhealthy  conscience,  in  fact  no  conscience  at  all, 
but  a  self-willed,  weak,  and  unstable  judgment  which 
takes  its  name,  and  whilst  it  is  dubious  and  vacilla 
ting  about  its  own  views,  it  has  still  less  faith  and 
but  little  confidence  in  the  opinions  of  others.  I 
believe,  with  the  exception  of  those  who  have  been 
afllicted  with  scruples  as  a  spiritual  trial,  or  those  who 
arc  truly  humble,  that  scrupulous  souls  have  a  deep 
stratum  of  natural  suspicion  and  distrust  in  them  that 
often  re-mains  for  life,  or  at  least  is  seldom  entirely 
removed. 

At  first  this  distrust  is  turned  against  themselves,  and 
displayed  in  all  their  actions  ;  but  after  some  years, 
when  they  are  partly  cured  and  the  disease  has  grown 
somewhat  chronic,  it  appears  in  a  marked  way  in 
their  intercourse  with  others.  Their  suspicion  is  pain 
fully  exercised  on  those  who  are  engaged  with  them 
in  their  duties,  or  who  have  to  assist  and  co-operate 
with  them  in  their  undertakings.  Nothing  appears 
right  but  what  they  do  themselves  or  sec  with  their 
9 


!  30  Moral  Training. 

own  eyes.  All  others  are  sure  to  err  in  some  way 
or  to  be  deceived.  This  seems  a  wonderful  change 
and  a  strange  reaction  in  those  who  a  short  time 
before  were  so  timid  and  distrustful  of  themselves 
on  all  occasions.  But  the  character  still  remains  the 
same,  the  object  of  distrust  alone  is  changed,  and 
the  tendency  to  doubt  continues.  The  encourage 
ment  that  timid  souls  beg  for  and  receive,  the  assu 
rances  that  they  have  acquitted  themselves  well  of 
their  duties,  and  the  praises  they  have  sought,  have 
not  cured  them  of  the  habit  of  doubting,  but  only 
of  doubting  themselves,  and  this  is  especially  ap 
parent  to  those  who  are  placed  under  them.  But  to 
those  who  are  placed  over  them,  and  those  to  whom 
they  look  up  with  respect,  this  distrust  of  others  and 
confidence  in  self  does  not  appear.  On  the  contrary, 
to  these  the  scrupulous  person  seems  a  humble  and 
docile  soul,  only  in  need  of  support  and  guidance, 
until  his  will  is  resisted  and  his  designs  unexpectedly- 
contradicted,  when  opposition  brings  out  the  true  cha 
racter,  which  displays  much  self-esteem,  much  tenacity 
of  opinion,  and  also  great  uncertainty  of  aim  and 
purpose,  with  still  greater  instability  in  action. 

Divine  grace  and  the  practice  of  the  virtues  are 
essentially  necessary  for  our  perseverance  in  true  prin 
ciple,  as  well  as  for  the  preservation  of  a  right  con 
science.  They  give  us  light  and  strength  to  discern 
God's  law  and  to  do  His  will.  Some  of  these  virtues 


On    True  Principle.  131 

we  do  not  always  value  enough,  or  prize  as  we  ought, 
because  we  do  not  know  their  worth  or  study  them 
sufficiently.  In  saying  this  I  do  not  include  the 
theological  virtues  of  faith,  hope,  and  charity,  for  we 
have  been  instructed  from  infancy  in  these  Divine 
virtues,  and  we  would  adhere  to  them  in  preference 
to  life  itself.  We  know  we  could  not  acquire  these 
virtues  by  our  natural  strength,  but  that  God  gives 
them  to  us,  as  He  alone  infuses  them  into  every 
baptized  soul,  and  that  these  supernatural  gifts  may 
be  impaired  or  even  wholly  lost  by  sin,  though  they 
are  always  recoverable  by  repentance.  For  the  time 
being,  mortal  sin  destroys  the  charity  of  God ;  repent 
ance  will  restore  it.  These  virtues  grow  in  the  soul  as 
we  preserve  them  faithfully,  and  God,  in  His  mercy, 
increases  sanctifying  grace  in  our  hearts  as  we  prize  it 
and  pray  for  it,  and  augments  with  it  the  gifts  of  the 
Holy  (ihost  nnd  all  supernatural  and  moral  virtues. 
The  early  instructions  we  receive  on  all  these  points, 
as  well  as  on  all  matters  of  faith,  impress  them  deeply 
on  our  minds,  and  make  us  comprehend  their  great 
importance  to  us  through  life,  and  their  matchless 
worth  and  boundless  power  in  obtaining  salvation. 

Now  if  good  instruction  is  of  such  avail,  and  of 
such  vital  consequence  with  regard  to  the  theological 
virtues,  we  cannot  doubt  that  good  instruction  on 
the  moral  virtues  must  also  be  of  very  great  use  to 
us.  I  do  not  mean  to  advocate  the  habit  of  theo- 


132  Moral  Training. 

rizing  about  the  virtues,  as  this  might  mislead  ami 
prove  hurtful.  We  might  thus  rest  satisfied  in  dis 
cussing  and  analyzing  them,  and  overlook  the  more 
important  point  of  putting  them  into  practice.  The 
kind  of  instruction  which  generally  proves  useful  to 
us  in  childhood  is  simple  explanation  of  the  virtues, 
with  a  clearly  denned  method  of  exercising  them. 
This  may  aid  children  to  the  love  and  practice  of 
them.  The  better  we  understand  the  moral  virtues 
the  more  we  appreciate  them,  and  the  more  strenu 
ously  we  yearn  for  their  more  perfect  acquisition. 
We  cannot  be  earnest  in  ruling  our  lives  or  in 
governing  ourselves  wisely  without  calling  the  moral 
virtues  to  our  aid  and  finding  in  them  every  sup 
port. 

We  discover  this  to  be  the  case  when  we  decide 
on  a  rule  of  life,  or  form  resolutions  as  to  our  conduct 
under  certain  circumstances,  and  thus  make  compacts 
with  ourselves  as  to  what  we  shall  do  or  omit  to 
do.  A  practical  knowledge  of  the  moral  virtues 
assists  us  to  form  these  resolves  rightly  and  suitably 
to  our  state,  from  the  knowledge  we  have  of  our 
own  character  and  dispositions.  It  also  gives  addi 
tional  weight  and  power  to  them,  for  we  are  aware 
we  are  not  acting  solely  on  our  own  opinion,  or  resting 
on  our  own  judgment.  We  have  meditated  on  the 
virtues,  and  desire  to  embody  them  in  our  rule  of 
conduct  and  to  build  up  our  lives  on  them.  By 


On    True  Principle.  133 

doing  so  we  can  scarcely  relax  in  our  good  purposes 
without  soon  perceiving  it,  for  we  have  then  a  true 
and  fixed  standard  before  us,  that  shows  at  once 
where  we  have  acted  properly  and  when  we  have 
fallen  away.  In  this  way  the  practice  of  virtue  sup 
ports  true  principle,  establishes  it  in  the  mind,  and 
displays  it  in  action.  For  the  rule  we  act  on,  if  it 
is  just  and  right,  must  emanate  from  principle,  and 
it  is  clear  that  the  higher  and  truer  our  principle, 
the  more  excellent  our  lives,  and  the  more  upright 
our  conduct  will  be. 


CHAPTER  XL 

ON  THE  MORAL  VIRTUES. 

THE  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  moral  virtues 
will  be  found  not  only  a  help  in  the  road  to  perfec 
tion,  but  also  a  safeguard  and  protection  against 
faults  and  delinquencies.  We  must  all  admit  that 
the  disorders  of  our  lives  (the  defects  we  have  fallen 
into  and  the  evil  we  have  done)  have  been  committed 
usually  while  we  were  under  the  influence  of  false 
impressions  and  erroneous  opinions.  And  may  we 
not  justly  believe  that  with  God's  grace  we  might 
have  overcome  these  faults  and  avoided  that  evil,  had 
we  taken  His  law  to  heart,  and  reflected  on  the  value, 
the  power,  and  the  beauty  of  the  virtues  which  He 
willingly  bestows  on  us  when  we  desire  and  pray 
for  them,  and  which  He  increases  as  we  faithfully 
practise  them  ? 

We  must  now  consider  what  virtue  is,  and  what  it 
effects  in  the  soul.  But  before  doing  so  we  should 
understand  and  ever  bear  in  mind  that  the  essence  of 
Christian  perfection  consists  wholly  in  the  love  of 
God  and  of  our  neighbour,  or,  in  other  words,  in  true 
charity.  Now  charity  will  increase  and  reign  in  the 


On  the  Moral   Virtues.  135 

soul  so  far,  in  the  same  degree,  as  we  contend 
against  our  passions  and  vices,  and  to  the  same  extent 
as  we  subdue  them.  The  virtues  are  the  means  that 
God  gives  us  to  effect  this  great  work,  to  uproot  and 
clear  away  all  that  may  offend  Him,  and  then  to 
decorate  and  fit  the  soul  for  His  dwelling-place. 

There  must  be  no  respite  in  this  spiritual  labour. 
It  must  be  continuous,  for  a  virtue  to  fulfil  its  office 
duly  must  be  habitual  and  constantly  in  action.  Its 
work  in  the  soul  only  ceases  at  the  hour  of  death. 
Passions  revive,  and  vices  crop  up  time  after  time, 
and  have  to  be  held  in  check  and  cut  down  again 
and  again.  The  good  to  be  done,  the  generous  acts 
to  be  performed,  and  the  duties  to  be  fulfilled,  present 
themselves  hour  by  hour  as  we  journey  through  life. 
Duty  is  nothing  else  but  the  distinct  act  enjoined  and 
demanded  of  us  by  the  virtue  directing  us  at  the  time 
of  its  performance.  Therefore  whenever  we  neglect 
the  duty,  we  fail  in  the  virtue. 

When  duty  has  been  faithfully  discharged,  and  when 
the  soul  is  filled  with  charity,  then  virtue  appears  in 
a  perfect  state  in  this  world.  We  can  but  define  it, 
then,  as  God's  power  communicated,  God's  law  esta 
blished,  and  God's  will  enthroned  in  the  human  soul, 
and  all  these  acknowledged,  enforced,  and  obeyed  by 
man's  reason,  conscience,  and  will. 

Virtue  is  a  supernatural  strength  given  to  us  by 
God,  first  to  overcome  and  surmount  the  obstacles 


136  Moral  Training. 

and  difficulties  which  the  evils  of  our  fallen  nature 
raise  between  us  and  Him,  and  in  the  second  place  it 
is  the  practice  of  all  that  is  good,  and  the  performance 
of  all  that  is  well-pleasing  to  Him.  And,  in  the  third 
place,  it  is  the  reign  of  order  and  the  reign  of  justice 
in  the  soul  of  man.  Virtue  is  not  only  the  weapon, 
but  it  is  also  the  prize  in  the  warfare  of  life.  It  is 
the  triumph  of  grace  over  the  passions,  and  it  is  even 
more — it  is  the  beatitude  of  the  soul,  the  possession 
of  peace  and  the  God  of  peace  Who  abideth  in  the 
peaceful  soul,  reigning  over  it  absolutely  and  supremely. 

Although  all  virtue  springs  from  the  same  source. 
and  is  one  in  essence,  yet  it  diversifies  itself  and 
comes  to  us  by  various  paths,  so  as  to  meet  the  many 
wants  of  human  life.  Each  want  is  provided  with  its 
proper  remedy,  and  that  remedy  bears  a  special  name, 
and  has  a  distinct  office  of  its  own  to  perform.  The 
moral  virtues  divide  themselves  at  first  into  four 
principal  channels,  called  the  cardinal  virtues  of 
Prudence,  Justice,  Temperance,  and  Fortitude,  and 
these  subdivide  again  intc  several  rills  and  rivulets, 
bringing  health  and  strength  to  every  soul  that  wills 
to  partake  of  these  blessings,  and  desires  to  receive 
them. 

Before  saying  a  few  words  on  each  of  the  cardinal 
virtues  it  will  be  \vell  to  remind  ourselves  that  perfec 
tion  is  not  inherent,  and  does  not  subsist  in  the  moral 
virtues  as  it  abides  in  the  theological  or  Divine  virtues 


On  tJie  Moral  Virtues.  137 

f)l"  Faith,  Hope,  and  Charity.  Still  charity  will  soon 
grow  shallow  and  weak,  and  will  soon  decline  unless 
it  is  replenished  and  reinforced  by  the  practice  of  the 
moral  virtues. 

There  is  a  peculiarity  in  the  practice  of  the  moral 
virtues  that  does  not  exist,  at  least  to  the  same  extent, 
in  the  practice  of  the  Divine  virtues.  The  moral 
virtues  are  very  apt  to  degenerate,  and  do  degenerate 
into  vices  when  carried  beyond,  or  not  carried  up  to, 
the  proper  limit.  For  each  virtue  is  ever  attended 
and  beset  by  the  contrary  vices — that  of  excess  on 
one  side  and  of  failure  or  deficiency  on  the  other. 
True  virtue  must  hold  the  middle  course,  and  keep 
the  just  mean  between  them.  If  it  fails  in  this  it  not 
only  ceases  to  be  a  virtue,  but  it  becomes  a  vice.  It 
either  overruns  and  devastates  the  soul  when,  from 
the  admixture  of  violent  and  unchecked  passions,  it 
breaks  through  the  proper  limits  and  goes  beyond 
the  bounds  which  are  laid  down  by  prudence.  And, 
on  the  other  hand,  through  want  of  fidelity  and 
correspondence  to  grace,  its  current  is  soon  in 
terrupted  or  restrained,  and  flows  no  longer  freely  or 
clearly  from  the  fountain-head.  For  in  proportion  as 
we  reject  Divine  assistance  virtue  grows  weak,  and 
sinks  lower  and  lower,  until  it  is  lost  in  the  mud  out 
of  which  we  have  been  made,  and  then  it  becomes 
<l  of  the  earth  earthy  ". 

The    just    mean    which    the    moral    virtues    should 


I  3^  floral   Training. 

maintain  and  keep  to,  and  the  precise  limit  to 
which  they  should  go,  cannot  be  ascertained  by 
mathematical  rules,  or  the  wisest  maxims  of 
worldly  wisdom.  For  they  vary  constantly  with  time 
and  place,  and  all  changes  of  circumstances  may 
affect  them.  Now  reason,  when  enlightened  by 
grace,  will  direct  us  how  to  act  as  we  should,  and 
keep  us  in  the  right  path.  But  reason  without  grace 
will  not  be  able  to  do  so,  for  a  soul  habitually  in  a 
sinful  state,  and  willingly  persevering  in  a  sinful  state, 
must  be  unable  to  guide  itself,  and  incapable  of 
sustaining  itself  steadily  in  the  right  course.  Because 
when  reason  is  unaided  by  grace  it  is  easily  dethroned 
by  pride,  or  tilted  from  its  seat  by  passion.  And 
these  powers  of  evil  assume  its  place  and  rule  in 
its  stead  in  a  chaos  of  disorder  and  tumult.  All 
the  passions  when  uncontrolled  rebel  against  reason 
and  desire  to  conquer  it  and  enslave  it,  but  pride 
is  pre-eminently  successful  in  doing  so.  It  has  more 
power  in  the  conflict  and  gains  the  victory  more 
easily.  We  can  attribute  this  to  the  fact  that  pride 
very  often  usurps  the  authority  of  reason  in  its  combat 
with  the  other  passions,  at  least  by  hindering  public 
and  overt  acts  of  them.  But  when  reason  is  un- 
sustained  by  grace  it  has  no  help  or  assistance  in 
its  encounter  with  pride,  and  it  is  quickly  overcome 
and  vanquished. 

So  circumstanced,  reason  is  no  longer  master  ;  it  is 


On  the  Moral   Virtues.  139 

nut  free  to  exercise  its  powers  and  faculties,  it  cannot 
consider  calmly,  or  judge  fairly  or  dispassionately 
even  in  the  most  commonplace  questions.  Reason 
comes  to  us  from  the  bounteous  hand  of  God ;  it  is 
the  greatest  and  highest  of  His  natural  gifts  to  man. 
\Ve  debase  and  vitiate  it  when  we  allow  it  to  be 
overruled  by  our  passions  and  evil  inclinations,  though 
we  may  try  to  persuade  ourselves  we  are  then  exer 
cising  it  freely  and  fearlessly.  But  it  is  only  free 
and  unconstrained  when  guided  and  enlightened  by 
eternal  wisdom  and  eternal  truth. 

The  first  of  the  cardinal  virtues  is  Prudence.  It 
is  founded  on  reason,  and  it  is  a  virtue  of  the 
intellect  and  not  of  the  will.  In  this  it  is  unlike  all 
others.  It,  in  fact,  regulates  and  directs  all  the 
other  moral  virtues,  and  is  necessary  for  their  per 
fection,  for  virtue  is  only  virtue  when  it  is  guided  by 
prudence.  Therefore  it  is  the  most  important  of  all. 

St.  Augustine  says  that  prudence  is  "  the  know 
ledge  of  what  to  seek  and  what  to  avoid  ".  It  is  a 
virtue  that  enables  us  to  do  what  we  ought  to  do 
well  and  wisely,  with  forethought  and  discretion. 

1'rudenre  considers  the  means,  compares  and 
selects  the  best,  and  then  urges  the  will  to  adopt 
them  ;  consequently  there  are  three  constituent  parts 
in  prudence.  First,  deliberation  or  the  due  consi 
deration  of  the  means  which  are  within  our  reach 
for  the  just  accomplishment  of  the  act  we  contem- 


140  Moral  Training. 

plate.  Secondly,  judgment,  as  the  selection  of  the 
means  best  suited  to  time,  place,  and  circum 
stances.  Thirdly,  the  adoption  and  employment  of 
the  right  means  and  the  faithful  performance  of 
the  action. 

The  faults  of  excess  against  the  virtue  of  prudence 
are  cunning,  wiliness,  and  over-solicitude.  The 
faults  of  defect  against  this  virtue  are  precipitation, 
impetuosity,  and  thoughtlessness. 

The  means  of  acquiring  prudence  are,  prayer, 
reflection,  and  experience.  Besides  making  earnest 
petitions  for  prudence  at  the  usual  time  of  prayer,  we 
should  try  to  gain  it  at  the  beginning  of  our  principal 
actions,  or  during  the  progress  of  them  if  forgotten 
at  the  commencement.  We  must  see  how  necessary 
this  practice  is  for  us  when  we  reflect  on  the  serious 
consequences  and  powerful  influences  which  those 
actions  have  on  our  own  lives  and  on  the  lives  ot 
others,  that  they  will  either  bring  us  joy  or  grief  as 
they  have  or  have  not  been  guided  by  prudence. 
Even  a  prayer  of  one  instant  will  often  save  us  from 
a  rash  and  reckless  act  or  an  unjust  and  evil  deed. 
It  will  even  render  meritorious  an  act  in  its  continu 
ance  which  though  not  bad  in  itself,  has  been  com 
menced  through  pride,  vanity,  or  some  imperfect 
motive.  By  a  special  grace  we  correct  and  purify  our 
intention  and  offer  the  action  to  God  with  submission 
to  His  will.  Our  vicious  nature  is  thus  overcome, 


On  the  Moral  Virtues.  i-ii 

reason  asserts  itself,   and   God   accepts   and    blesses 
the  action. 

It  is  the  intention  that  stamps  the  value  on  the 
action  even  before  it  is  fully  consummated  by  word 
or  deed.  God  will  recompense  it,  as  the  intention  is 
good  or  evil.  We  have  sometimes  hazy  views  and 
ideas  on  this  subject,  as  if  what  is  said  of  the  great 
worth  and  merit  of  intention  were  something  unreal 
or  imaginary.  But  let  the  stress  and  importance 
the  laws  of  our  country  lay  on  this  point  con 
vince  us  of  the  vital  power  of  intention.  Take  the 
rase  of  one  man  having  killed  another,  and  the 
perpetrator  being  brought  to  trial.  If  it  is  proved 
that  the  act  was  done  with  premeditation  and  delibe 
rate  purpose,  the  law  will  condemn  him  to  death 
for  murder.  If  it  is  proved  that  the  act  was  not 
premeditated,  but  was  done  at  the  moment  of 
passion  and  without  reflection,  the  law  will  sentence 
him  to  imprisonment  for  some  years  for  manslaughter. 
If  it  is  proved  that  the  accused  had  no  intention 
of  giving  the  blow,  but  that  it  was  inflicted  by  acci 
dent,  the  law  will  declare  him  innocent  and  set  him 
free.  Thus  we  find  that  the  law  deals  with  the 
intention  far  more  than  with  the  act,  which  is  only 
so  far  considered  as  it  reveals  the  thought  enter 
tained  at  the  time.  Matter-of-fact  men,  who  make 
these  laws  and  execute  them,  in  this  way  declare  that 
it  is  the  intention  as  it  stands  in  the  mind  of  the 


142  Moral   Training. 

culprit  even  before  the  deed  is  done,  to  which  the 
malice  of  the  act  is  attached,  and  to  which  the 
punishment  is  accorded ;  and  to  give  a  just  sentence 
in  this  matter  judge  and  jury  must  investigate  and 
weigh  his  motives  to  the  best  of  their  ability.  When 
thus  people  of  the  world  so  freely  recognize  the 
importance  of  intention  in  judging  the  merits  or 
demerits  of  our  actions,  of  what  consequence  must 
not  our  intentions  be  before  God,  Who  can  read  our 
hearts  through  and  through,  and  Who  is  the  witness 
as  well  as  the  judge  of  every  thought  and  action  of 
our  lives.  We  should  therefore  work  faithfully  this 
mine  of  merits  by  directing  every  intention  to  God, 
for  prudence  is  only  perfect  when  it  looks  to  God 
alone. 

The  second  cardinal  virtue  is  Justice.  It  disposes 
the  will  habitually  to  give  every  one  his  right. 

I  believe  justice  to  be  the  first  if  not  the  only 
cardinal  virtue  that  we  acquire  in  early  childhood, 
and  I  also  believe  that  we  have  innumerable 
opportunities  of  practising  it  at  that  age.  It  is  un 
necessary  to  go  into  lengthened  details  to  prove 
this.  I  need  only  recall  the  daily  and  even  hourly 
appeal  for  "  fair  play "  from  our  little  companions. 
The  exactness  with  which  we  were  required  to 
adjust  the  differences  of  opinion,  and  disputes 
about  the  rules  and  arrangements  of  our  games 
and  plays,  and  the  equitable  distribut-mi  that  we 


On  the  Moral   Virtues.  143 

were  expected  to  make  of  the  toys  and  good  things 
that  were  intrusted  to  us  to  share  with  them.  But 
our  sense  of  justice  was  still  more  strongly  and 
warmly  called  forth  if  any  of  our  young  friends  were 
unjustly  accused  and  punished,  and  our  indignation 
on  these  occasions  might  convince  us  now  that  we 
had  this  virtue  naturally  before  we  were  blessed  with 
it  supernaturally,  as  St.  Basil  tells  us  that  "  we  have 
justice  and  a  sense  of  fair  dealing  instilled  into  our 
hearts  by  nature  herself". 

As  this  virtue  is  strengthened  by  having  to  con 
tend  with  the  opposite  vice,  or  from  having  suffered 
from  its  violation  in  any  way  through  others,  so  those 
who  have  at  any  time  been  unjustly  treated — particu 
larly  in  youth — have  ever  afterwards  a  very  high 
appreciation  and  admiration  for  all  that  is  impartial 
and  evenhanded. 

The  virtue  of  justice  is  exercised  towards  God  by 
submission,  obedience,  reverence,  worship,  gratitude, 
and  love.  Towards  our  neighbour  by  being  fair 
and  upright  in  our  actions,  sincere  in  our  words, 
and  faithful  to  our  promises,  and  unprejudiced  in 
our  thoughts  and  opinions  of  him.  In  exercising 
justice  towards  ourselves  we  must  ever  bear  in  mind 
we  have  nothing  but  what  we  have  received,  and  of 
which  we  must  give  a  strict  account.  So  we  must 
not  misuse  (lod's  gifts  by  wasting  them  thoughtlessly 
and  unreasonably,  and  neither  must  we  leave  them 


144  Moral  Training. 

fruitless  and  idle,  like  the  unprofitable  servant,  but 
turn  them  to  the  best  account,  employing  them 
according  to  the  Divine  Donor's  will,  and  for  His 
honour  and  glory. 

The  faults  of  defect  against  the  virtue  of  justice 
are  so  well  known  that  it  is  needless  to  enumerate 
them,  but  the  faults  of  excess  are  more  likely  to 
be  overlooked.  Under  the  plea  that  justice  cannot 
be  carried  too  far  we  may  become  unrelenting, 
merciless,  or  inexorable,  thus  proving  the  truth  of 
the  saying,  "the  highest  justice  is  the  highest  wrong  ". 
We  must  remember  that  virtue  lies  in  the  mean  and 
not  in  the  extreme. 

The  virtue  of  justice  is  acquired  by  prayer  and 
practice.  It  is  increased  by  the  habit  of  accuracy 
and  by  the  suppression  and  suspension  of  all  rash 
and  harsh  judgments  upon  others.  And  it  is  culti 
vated  by  an  undying  spirit  of  gratitude  both  to  God 
and  man  for  every  blessing  and  every  mark  of  good 
ness  and  kindness  shown  to  us. 

The  perfection  of  justice  ensures  the  possession 
and  observance  of  honour,  as  well  as  its  high 
appreciation.  For  honour,  no  matter  how  we 
regard  it,  as  natural  or  supernatural,  if  it  is  real  and 
true,  is  the  crown  and  perfection  of  honesty.  We 
give  honour  to  God  because  it  is  due  to  Him  ;  to 
man  as  we  owe  it  to  his  position,  worth,  or  excel 
lence,,  and  if  we  receive  it  ourselves  we  must  take 


On  the  Moral    Virtues.  145 

care  to  deserve  it,  so  as  not  to  take  it  under  false 
pretences.  Though  a  man  creates  and  preserves  his 
honour  still  he  docs  not  hold  it  in  his  own  hands, 
once  he  possesses  it.  It  is  lodged  to  his  account  in 
the  judgment  of  his  neighbours.  And  if  he  is  an 
honourable  man  he  must  try  and  be  worth  the 
amount  for  which  he  is  credited. 

If  a  man  is  honoured  for  his  profession,  station, 
or  office,  it  is  clear  that  he  is  bound  in  justice  to 
respect  his  state  also,  and  not  only  to  refrain  from  all 
that  would  not  be  consonant  with  it,  but  before  God 
and  man  to  be  in  truth  what  he  is  supposed  to  be, 
and  to  fulfil  faithfully,  his  duties  and  obligations  in  the 
most  perfect  way  in  his  power. 

Even  natural  or  instinctive  honour  brings  with  it 
many  advantages.  Well-disposed  people  must  value 
it,  as  it  often  strengthens  and  supports  them  in  a 
good  and  straightforward  course  of  life,  it  also  protects 
them  from  great  falls  and  all  reproach.  The  Almighty 
seems  frequently  to  permit  it  to  act  like  a  grace  in 
this  way,  and  to  make  use  of  it  as  a  foreshadowing 
of  great  gifts  and  blessings.  Clod  is  the  Author  of 
nature  as  He  is  the  source  of  grace,  and  although 
man  by  sin  has  spoiled  and  deformed  His  work,  still 
good  natural  character  often  gleams  with  a  ray  of 
original  beauty;  and  this  glimpse  of  His  first  design 
must  be  pleasing  to  Him  and  attractive  to  His  love, 
for  ou  such  characters  we  find  Him  building  up 
10 


14^  Moral  Training, 

an  edifice  of  heroic  sanctity.  All  who  know  any 
thing  beyond  the  surface  of  human  life  or  the 
histories  of  individual  souls  must  be  aware  that  a 
true  instinct  of  honour  often  protects  them  from  great 
offences,  besides  saving  them  from  little  deceptions 
and  small  insincerities. 

A  child  brought  up  with  a  sense  of  honour  will 
do  nothing  mean  or  deceitful.  As  a  boy  he  will 
avoid  everything  underhanded  or  unmanly  ;  and  when 
he  becomes  a  youth  he  will  be  careful  to  preserve 
his  name  without  blemish,  and  shun  all  that  would 
bring  disgrace  on  his  family  or  shame  to  his  father. 
In  renouncing  all  that  is  base  and  disreputable 
he  preserves  his  soul  from  many  stains.  Although,  I 
allow,  this  may  not  be  done  through  the  highest 
motive,  or  even  through  the  right  motive,  still  it  is 
no  small  advantage  to  avoid  sin  and  the  habit  of 
sin,  and  all  the  scandal  that  it  causes. 

Bnt  let  us  suppose  this  soul  to  have  been  nurtured 
in  and  imbued  with  supernatural  principles  of  the 
highest  honour,  and  we  shall  find  him  not  only  acting 
justly  and  "  giving  honour  where  it  is  due,"  but  doing 
so  for  the  love  of  God,  and  for  His  greater  honour 
and  glory  he  will  not  only  avoid  everything  displeasing 
to  Him,  but  he  will  seek  His  will  in  all  things, 
desiring  to  accomplish  it,  and  "  to  fulfil  all  justice  ". 

The  third  and  fourth  cardinal  virtues  are  Tem 
perance  and  Fortitude,  two  powerful  and  mighty  gifts  of 


On  the  Moral   ]rirtucs.  147 

God— potent  helps  to  enable  us  to  conquer  all  exces 
sive  desire  for  sensible  enjoyments,  and  to  surmount 
all  excessive  dread  of  sensible  suffering,  which  are 
our  two  weak  points,  and  the  twofold  frailty  of 
human  nature.  The  virtue  of  temperance  enables 
us  habitually  to  hold  in  check  and  to  moderate 
our  appetites  and  desires,  particularly  in  all  these 
things  that  appertain  to  the  senses.  It  gives  us 
power  and  strength  to  control  our  natural  inclina 
tions,  and  to  limit  our  wants  to  what  is  right  and 
lawful.  When  we  have  emancipated  ourselves  from 
undue  claims,  and  have  curbed  all  the  disorderly  and 
unworthy  tendencies  of  our  earthly  nature,  we  prove 
ourselves  faithful  soldiers  of  Christ,  prepare  ourselves 
to  be  received  as  the  children  of  God,  and  to  be 
blessed  with  the  Divine  Spirit ;  for  as  we  renounce 
ourselves  and  obey  God's  law,  we  grow  in  grace. 

The  virtue  of  fortitude  gives  us  supernatural 
strength  to  encounter  labours,  difficulties,  and  dangers 
in  the  service  of  God,  and  in  the  cause  of  justice 
and  truth.  It  gives  us  courage  to  surmount  the 
obstacles  and  hindrances  we  may  meet  with  in  the 
work  we  may  have  to  do  for  our  neighbour,  from 
the  spirit  of  opposition,  from  unreasonable  views 
and  prejudices,  from  unfriendliness  and  misrepre 
sentation.  It  gives  us  patience  to  bear  all  trials 
meekly,  whilst  we  toil  on  steadily  and  perseveringly, 
doing  what  we  know  is  right,  with  peace  of  mind, 


148  Moral  Training. 

and  entire  faith  and  confidence  in  God.  Fortitude 
gives  us  courage  also  to  overcome  the  difficulties 
that  the  weakness  of  our  own  hearts  creates,  and 
puts  between  us  and  the  duty  we  owe  to  God  and 
ourselves.  It  helps  us  to  conquer  human  respect, 
when  from  the  dread  of  displeasing  our  fellow-men, 
or  from  an  overweening  desire  to  please  them,  we 
are  tempted  to  omit  what  we  are  bound  in  duty 
to  do,  or  to  do  it  badly  or  carelessly.  Fortitude 
gives  us  strength  to  master  our  timidity  or  human 
fear,  that  dread  of  failure  which  makes  us  shrink 
from,  or  perform  reluctantly  and  listlessly  those 
duties  we  think  we  do  not  do  well,  or  excel  in. 
It  also  enables  us  to  conquer  all  cowardly  fear  that 
would  deter  us  from  undertaking  and  carrying  out 
good  works  for  God's  honour  from  the  apprehen 
sion  of  the  drudgery  and  anxiety  they  are  likely 
to  entail  on  us,  and  even  without  having  any  assurance 
of  their  succeeding  according  to  our  expectations. 
Fortitude  gives  the  spirit  of  endurance  and  per 
severance  in  a  life  of  labour,  with  an  intrepid  devo 
tion  to  duty.  And  it  gives  us  resolution  and  sub 
mission  to  bear  the  cares  and  sorrows  of  life  patiently 
and  bravely,  with  confidence  and  trust  in  God's 
love  and  mercy. 

Fortitude  comes  to  our  help  in  physical  as  well 
as  in  mental  suffering;  it  brings  patience  and 
resignation  in  sickness  and  bodily  pain.  We  all 


On  tlic  Moral    Virtues.  149 

admire  patient  suffering,  and  we  reverence  it  still 
more  when  we  see  it  endured  constantly  with  calm 
cheerfulness.  This  brings  before  us  a  picture  of 
holiness  and  of  true  conformity  to  the  Divine  Will 
which  we  would  gladly  possess,  but  perhaps  despair 
of  acquiring.  I  believe  the  habit  of  silence  is  a 
powerful  means  for  the  acquisition  of  this  virtue  and 
the  practice  of  patience,  though  it  may  be  very 
different  from,  and  fall  far  short  of,  the  possession 
of  the  virtue.  Still  I  think  it  is  a  remote  prepara 
tion.  I  mean  the  habit  of  silence,  not  only  observed 
with  others,  but  maintained  with  ourselves  in  regard 
to  what  we  may  have  to  suffer.  Of  course  we 
should  be  frank  and  open  when  free  speech  is 
required  of  us  by  duty  or  simplicity,  but  otherwise 
we  shall  find  generally  that  silence  on  this  point  is 
a  blessing. 

When  we  speak  of  our  pains  and  what  we  have 
to  endure,  we  usually  do  so  to  obtain  condolence 
and  sympathy.  Now,  sympathy  is  dearly  prized  by 
us,  the  boon  we  most  value  from  our  friends,  and 
the  one  we  most  gratefully  receive  from  them.  But 
to  be  of  any  worth  or  comfort  to  us,  it  must  be 
bestowed  freely  and  spontaneously.  When  we  elicit 
and  invite  it,  it  nearly  always  disappoints  us,  and  it 
makes  us  weak  and  unhappy  the  more  we  desire 
and  crave  after  it.  We  are  sure  not  to  receive  always 
the  kind  we  wished  for,  or  all  we  expected.  So  we 


150  Moral   ' 

are  apt   to  grow   morbid  and  querulous,   just  as  we 
are  liable  to  become  egotistical  and  over-exacting. 

If  we  would  keep  our  minds  tranquil  and  healthy, 
it  is  well  to  take  up  good  and  useful  subjects  for 
reflection  and  consideration,  and  to  occupy  ourselves 
with  them  when  ailing,  as  far  as  we  can  do  so  con 
tinually  and  agreeably.  The  habit  of  distracting  the 
mind  in  this  way  brings  much  relief,  and  helps  us  to 
pass  many  a  weary  hour  calmly  and  patiently,  that 
would  press  the  more  heavily  if  we  gave  way  to 
self-pity  and  painful  recollections.  It  would  be  well 
never  voluntarily  to  look  back  on  an  hour's  pain 
once  that  hour  is  past.  It  will  depress  and  un 
nerve  us,  and  so  render  us  less  able  to  encounter  the 
trials  we  may  yet  have  to  meet.  It  will  be  far 
better  for  us  to  let  each  day  bear  its  own  burden 
of  pain  to  the  throne  of  God,  and  leave  it  there 
offering  it  in  union  with  our  Divine  Lord's  sufferings 
in  a  spirit  of  reparation  and  submission,  and  with 
entire  resignation  to  his  most  holy  will. 

The  evils  of  defect  against  the  virtue  of  fortitude  most 
to  be  dreaded  in  our  every-day  life  are  faint-hearted- 
ness,  self-commiseration,  and  human  respect.  The 
faults  of  excess  are  not  so  frequently  committed,  but 
we  ought  to  remember  that  if  we  are  powerful  we 
ought  to  be  merciful,  and  that  "  Tis  excellent  to 
have  a  giant's  strength,  but  tyrannous  to  use  it  like  a 


CHAPTER  XII. 

ON   HKING  TRUE  AND  TRUSTY. 

FATHER  FABER  remarks  in  his  Spiritual  Conferences, 
"  There  is  a  peculiar  clearness  about  characters  which 
have  learned  to  be  true  after  having  been  deceitful  ". 
I  am  now  convinced  of  this  truth,  though  at  first 
I  own  I  had  some  misgivings,  for  I  have  known 
several  instances,  and  that  in  the  most  surprising 
cases,  and  in  characters  inured  to  habits  of  cunning 
and  deceit  for  years.  The  humiliating  consciousness 
of  having  had  these  defects,  and  the  grace  of  repent 
ance,  with  the  yearning  desire  to  be  trusted  and 
found  worthy  of  reliance,  forced  them,  as  it  were,  to 
renounce  everything  like  deception  and  untruth,  and 
to  keep  a  guard  over  themselves,  watching  carefully 
every  word  and  action,  lest  any  new  fault  com 
mitted  might  revive  old  habits,  and  plunge  the  soul 
again  into  all  its  former  misery.  In  these  disposi 
tions  it  becomes  transparently  truthful.  Such  a  soul 
is  as  faithful  to  the  truth  somewhat  in  the  same- 
degree  as  the  man  who  has  pledged  himself  to  total 
abstinence  is  faithful  to  temperance.  Self-distrust  is 
>trong  in  both  cases,  accompanied  by  a  dread,  if  not  a 


152  Moral   Training. 

conviction,  that  the  slightest  failing,  if  not  speedily 
corrected,  may  end  in  irreclaimable  relapse.  Although 
we  learn  here  that  the  habit  of  truthfulness  can  be 
acquired  at  any  age,  and  even  under  the  most  unpro 
mising  circumstances,  so  that  no  one  should  ever  de 
spair  with  God's  grace  of  gaining  it,  still,  we  all  admit 
that  it  is  of  the  first  importance  that  this  habit 
should  be  inculcated  from  infancy,  and  that  the 
guileless  soul  should  be  carefully  kept  undeviatingly 
in  the  direct  and  straightforward  path,  and  preserved 
in  childlike  ingenuousness  for  life.  Yet  those  intrusted 
with  the  care  of  children  in  their  early  years,  are 
often  not  only  wanting  in  that  jealous  watchfulness, 
so  requisite  on  this  point,  but  they  not  unfrequently 
lead  those  in  their  charge  to  pretence,  dissimulation, 
and  falsehood. 

Much  of  the  unhappiness  of  the  world  is  caused 
by  people  assuming  a  false  position,  and  trying  to 
maintain  it  under  difficult  and  adverse  circumstances. 
How  many  could  trace  their  errors  in  this  direction 
to  the  false  impressions  they  nourished  while  in  the 
nursery  as  to  their  own  consequence  and  future 
importance?  If  the  nurse  is  ill-tempered  she  is 
likely  to  incite  the  child  to  untruth  and  subterfuge 
by  her  threats  of  severe  punishment  for  mere  acts  of 
childish  mischief.  He  remembers  the  promised  in 
fliction  when  questioned  about  it,  and  he  prevaricates 
to  escape  it.  If  it  succeeds  in  saving  him,  it  is 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  153 

not  unlikely  that  he  will  avail  himself  of  t he- 
same  ignoble  shield  when  again  terrified  by  her 
threats. 

I  Hit  the  case  is  worse  when  the  schoolboy  is 
accused  and  punished  for  something  he  has  not  done, 
and  menaced  with  still  further  chastisement  if  he 
does  not  acknowledge  having  committed  the  fault. 
But  if  he  acknowledges  it  he  is  told  all  shall  be 
forgiven.  He  sees  that  his  denials  are  not  believed, 
and  that  they  only  exasperate  his  master,  and  make 
him  more  severe,  and  as  the  weak,  young  child  looks 
at  the  cold,  hard  man,  he  thinks  he  may  as  well 
say  he  did  it,  and  escape  punishment  and  his  perse 
cutor.  So  he  tells  the  lie,  but  he  will  never  forget 
the  injustice  he  was  subjected  to,  and  it  will  cost  him 
a  hard  struggle  not  to  resent  it  for  years. 

To  me  the  lengths  to  which  teachers  and  even 
parents  will  sometimes  go  to  convict  a  child  of  a  lie 
seem  as  unwise  as  incomprehensible.  They  investi 
gate,  examine,  and  cross-question,  looking  so  stern 
and  angry  all  the  time,  as  to  give  the  child  the 
impression  that  they  are  cruel  and  vindictive  foes, 
trying  to  entrap  him  in  his  own  words.  If  he  told 
the  lie,  he  is  now  likely  to  tell  many  more,  and  if 
his  additional  untruths  help  him  out  of  his  difficulty 
and  save  him  from  punishment,  he  congratulates 
himself  on  his  cleverness  and  cunning.  If  he  is 
found  guilty,  and  publicly  charged  and  branded  as 


154  Moral  Training. 

a  liar,  he  loses  all  self-respect,  and  despairs  of 
ever  being  a  truthful  character,  or  of  ever  being 
considered  one.  Now,  the  question  arises,  Is  a  child 
to  be  allowed  to  tell  untruths  and  commit  faults 
without  any  correction  ?  Certainly  not.  If  you  are 
quite  sure  he  has  told  the  lie,  and  that  to  your 
own  knowledge  or  on  conclusive  evidence,  and 
that  you  have  reason  to  believe  he  told  it  inten 
tionally,  then  correct  him,  but  it  ought  to  be  clear 
to  him  that  you  correct  him,  not  for  vengeance'  sake, 
but  for  his  good  and  improvement.  Let  him 
see  that  you  believe  the  worst  is  over  with  him  and 
that  you  feel  sure  of  his  amendmjnt.  Anything  that 
would  harden  or  degrade  him  should  be  avoided, 
as  well  as  all  undue  severity.  If  a  child  thinks 
he  has  been  cruelly  or  over-severely  punished,  he 
is  liable  to  become  obdurate,  to  lose  all  sorrow  and 
regret  for  having  committed  the  fault,  and  all  desire 
to  atone  and  make  amends  for  it.  He  thinks  he 
has  paid  dearly  for  it,  and  to  the  full  amount.  So  he 
considers  he  is  at  quits  on  that  head  at  least  with  his 
fellow-beings,  and  he  will  probably  grow  callous  and 
reckless.  Therefore  a  character  that  commands  trust 
and  reliance  is  a  possession  of  special  importance 
to  those  who  have  to  correct  others.  It  ensures 
the  belief  that  they  will  do  nothing  unjust  or  oppres 
sive,  but  still,  what  duty  requires  will  be  done  fairly 
and  firmly. 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  155 

A  gentle  word,  a  kind  look  does  wonders  on  such 
occasions  to  soften  hearts,  and  lead  them  in  the  right 
way.  We  must  not  be  afraid  to  yield  too  soon 
when  there  is  any  sign  of  repentance,  or  to  meet 
the  poor  delinquent  more  than  half  way.  Once  he 
sees  his  fault,  he  should  be  treated  with  the  utmost 
frankness  and  confidence  ever  afterwards,  to  guard 
him  against  a  relapse,  and  to  help  him  to  regain 
his  self-respect.  If  a  child  has  only  been  suspected 
of  untruthfulness,  or  some  such  fault,  or  if  the  charge 
came  to  our  ears  through  tale-bearing,  we  should 
pass  it  by  without  notice.  If  he  is  aware  of  the 
accusation,  we  should  be  doubly  prompt  in  declaring 
our  incredulity,  and  in  removing  all  suspicion  from 
his  character.  It  need  not  be  thought  that  this 
mode  of  action  will  injure  him  if  he  is  really  guilty. 
When  there  is  no  reliable  proof,  the  person  suspected 
should  always  have  the  benefit  of  the  doubt.  Besides, 
children  often  say  what  is  not  true  unconsciously. 
They  have  generally  a  very  strong  imagination,  and 
they  partly  believe  what  they  wish  to  believe.  A 
child  is  also  quick  at  seeing  what  he  is  expected 
to  say,  and  he  says  it  fancying  it  must  be  the  right 
thing.  Finding  himself  doubted  or  suspected  would 
do  him  great  harm.  We  must  trust  him  if  we  want 
him  to  be  trustworthy.  If  he  is  brought  up  from  his 
early  years  with  a  respect  for  his  word,  and  with 
fidelity  and  loving  reverence  for  all  that  is  true  and 


156  Moral  Training. 

honourable,  he  will,  with  God's  grace,  live  according 
to  God's  law,  and  die  a  truthful  man. 

We  have  generally  a  clear  perception,  and  a 
certain  consciousness  when  we  are  untrue  to  God,  to 
His  law,  to  His  will,  or  to  His  service.  And  we 
have  therefore  painful  remorse  when  we  fail  in  duty, 
and  are  unfaithful  and  unprincipled.  But  oftentimes 
we  seem  to  have  confused  ideas  as  to  the  observance 
of  truth  in  our  words,  from  the  various  views  and 
representations  we  think  it  admissible  to  express  on 
the  same  subject  when  speaking  to  different  people. 
And  we  seem  still  oftener  more  uncertain  and  unde 
cided  how  far  we  ought  to  be  true  to  each  other. 
Yet  union  and  good  faith  among  friends,  concord 
and  a  good  understanding  among  acquaintances,  and 
with  society  at  large,  depend  on  our  fidelity  in 
such  matters. 

Our  best  course  is  to  be  ever  loyal  to  our  friends, 
never  to  utter  a  word  about  them  that  they  could 
not  hear  with  satisfaction,  and  always  to  give  our 
selves  the  habit  of  being  just  as  true  to  the  absent 
as  we  would  be  if  they  were  present,  and  as  true 
to  the  present  as  we  would  wish  them  to  be  true  to 
us.  Of  course  we  can  be  true,  and  entirely  true,  as 
long  as  we  are  not  untrue.  We  can  be  passively 
true.  We  are  by  no  means  obliged  to  say  all  we  know 
or  all  we  think  on  any  subject;  we  are  truthful  so 
long  as  what  we  do  say  is  truth.  But  we  must  take 


On  being  True  and  Trusty. 


: . 


care  that  what  we  say  truthfully  to  one  person  is 
not  contradicted  in  any  way  by  what  we  say  on  the 
same  subject  to  somebody  else,  unless  we  have 
changed  our  opinion,  and  then  it  is  well  to  acknow 
ledge  having  done  so.  It  is  right  to  be  careful 
that  what  we  say  should  be  consistent,  so  that  if 
all  we  have  said  on  the  same  subject  should  happen 
to  be  repeated,  it  should  all  be  in  keeping  and  of 
a  piece,  each  statement  conveying  the  same  meaning 
in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  as  it  may  be  deemed 
wise  and  prudent,  but  always  in  accordance  with 
truth.  And  any  alteration  in  such  statements  should 
be  duly  accounted  for.  This  is  more  important  than 
it  may  appear  at  the  first  sight,  for  it  must  be  owned 
that  contrary  and  inconsistent  statements,  repeated 
from  the  same  person,  have  often  shaken  faith  and 
trust  in  members  of  the  same  household,  and  chilled 
the  confidence  of  friends,  thus  occasioning  both  pain 
of  mind  and  bitterness  of  heart. 

Those  who  mean  to  be  true  to  others  and  consider 
themselves  true,  we  find  usually  divided  in  important 
matters  into  two  classes,  and  these  classes  are  so 
distinct  and  so  completely  separated,  that  they  have 
little  sympathy  with  each  other,  and  but  too  often 
misunderstandings  exist  between  them.  One  class 
acts  from  and  adheres  exclusively  to  principle.  The 
other  class  aims  at  and  piques  itself  on  fidelity  to 
party.  The  first  class  possesses  more  power  and 


158  Aloral  Training. 

more  facility  of  action  in  using  it,  but  has  fewer 
friends.  As  it  keeps  up  the  cry,  "  Measures,  not 
men,"  ft  is  apt  to  adopt  the  spirit  of  the  saying 
too  literally,  to  overlook  men  too  much,  and  not 
to  be  mindful  enough  of  the  individual  interests 
and  feelings  of  even  its  adherents  and  supporters. 
It  is  so  absorbed  in  its  efforts  to  accomplish  the 
good  it  has  in  view,  that  it  disregards  all  else ;  and 
though  it  has  right  on  its  side,  supports  the  truth,  and 
possesses  trust,  still  it  is  not  popular  or  attractive, 
except  with  the  thoughtful.  The  second  class  rests 
on  popularity,  and  the  union  of  opinion  among  many 
in  favour  of  one  leader,  but  this  union  of  opinion 
does  not,  unfortunately,  always  extend  to  the  kind 
of  service  he  is  expected  to  render,  and  the  peculiar 
work  he  is  to  accomplish.  So  that,  although  he 
may  have  strong  adherents  and  many  followers,  they 
often  restrain  him  by  their  opposing  wills  and  opposite 
'counsels,  all  of  which  he  is  expected  to  consult  and 
to  comply  with.  And  therefore  he  cannot  effect 
much,  though  within  his  reach,  as  he  has  little  er 
no  freedom  of  action.  If  the  merits  of  both  classes 
could  be  somewhat  combined,  if  the  first  possessed 
more  thoughtfulness  and  a  kinder  consideration  for 
others,  and  if  the  second  had  more  resolution  and 
less  human  respect,  more  would  be  achieved,  and 
far  greater  advantages  secured  by  both  parties. 

We   need    God's  help  in   being  true   and  truthful, 


On  being'  True  and  Trusty.  159 

and  very  special  graces  to  be  so  faithfully  and  per- 
severingly.  From  our  own  nature  we  could  never 
attain  to  it,  we  are  so  weak  and  inconstant.  Our 
will  is  so  easily  swayed  by  feeling  and  fancy,  our 
understanding  so  frequently  darkened  by  passion  and 
overshadowed  by  prejudice,  besides  being  but  too 
often  biassed  by  self  interest.  So  we  depend  on 
Divine  assistance  to  acquire  and  maintain  impartial 
and  unprejudiced  minds,  just  and  kind  consideration 
for  others,  moral  courage  and  stability,  with  unfailing 
attention  and  fidelity  to  our  hourly  duties.  All  these 
things  bring  their  own  blessings  with  them,  at  the 
same  time  we  must  own  that  the  practice  of  them 
is  not  without  its  difficulties. 

If  we  consider  the  influence  which  partiality  and 
prej  udice  have  over  the  soul,  and  the  power  they 
exert  in  shaping  and  colouring  human  life,  we  shall 
see  they  are  mental  conditions  worthy  of  close  study 
and  keen  watchfulness.  We  shall  also  learn  that 
the  best  thing  we  can  do,  if  we  wish  to  be  truth 
ful,  is  to  acknowledge  humbly  our  liability  to  be 
affected  (if  not  governed)  by  both  of  them  on  many 
points.  It  is  probable  that  at  least  two-thirds  of  our 
dislikes  and  antipathies  have  been  caused  by  them, 
and  unless  we  are  on  our  guard  these  are  likely  to 
grow  and  strengthen  with  our  years.  This  often 
occurs  without  any  sufficient  reason,  so  that  peace 
of  mind  is  ruffled  and  disturbed,  and  life  itself  cm- 


160  Moral  Training. 

bittered    and    clouded    by    a   miasma   of   our    own 
creating. 

We  can  see  the  evil  effect  of  prejudice  even  in 
trivial  circumstances  and  in  transactions  of  little 
consequence.  For  instance,  a  man  going  on  a 
journey  is  apt,  when  seated  in  a  railway  carriage, 
to  look  out  on  the  groups  of  passengers,  and  unless 
he  is  very  much  pre-occupied,  or  very  wise  and 
amiable,  he  is  likely  to  see  some  one  in  the  crowd 
to  whom  he  will  feel  a  kind  of  repugnance,  and  this 
merely  from  the  expression  of  the  face,  or  the  tone 
of  the  voice,  or  perhaps  from  a  resemblance  to  some 
person  he  dislikes.  But  should  the  man  by  any 
chance  get  into  the  same  carriage,  he  feels  quite 
annoyed,  and  will  probably  take  up  his  newspaper 
or  remain  sullenly  silent,  fancying  himself  an  injured 
person  until  he  gets  out  again.  So  for  a  mere  fancy 
and  freak  of  the  imagination  he  disturbs  his  own 
peace  of  mind,  forfeits  much  enjoyment,  and  mars 
the  sociability  of  the  rest  of  his  companions.  If 
prejudices  entirely  groundless  can  inflict  such  punish 
ments,  should  we  not  try  and  conquer  them  in  cir 
cumstances  more  important,  and  forbid  them  to  rest 
in  our  minds,  no  matter  what  they  may  spring  from 
or  to  what  they  may  tend  ?  They  are  sure  to  distort 
the  truth,  and  to  make  us  unhappy  and  unjust. 

Partiality  is    even  more    universal  in    its  influence 
than  prejudice.     It  is  not  so  generally  and  frequently 


On  being   True  and  Trusty.  161 

called  into  action,  but  when  it  is,  it  is  likely  to  take 
a  firmer  hold  on  the  mind  and  leave  a  more  lasting 
impression.  Though  we  acknowledge  that  we  are 
subject  to  various  prejudices  which  we  call  into 
being  ourselves,  or  imbibe  from  others,  and  that 
these  succeed  each  other  constantly,  fresh  impres 
sions  now  obliterating  and  now  strengthening  those 
that  have  gone  before ;  still  when  we  hear  it  said  that 
such  a  man  showed  no  prejudice  on  such  an  occa 
sion,  or  that  he  acted  free  of  all  prejudice,  we  con 
sider  him  a  fair-minded,  just  man.  But  this  was  only 
what  we  expected  of  him.  If  we  hear  still  further 
that  he  is  not  only  unprejudiced,  but  entirely  im 
partial,  he  at  once  rises  in  our  esteem,  and  we  look 
on  him  with  reverence  and  admiration,  as  a  noble 
character  possessed  of  rare  virtue. 

In  matters  where  we  are  unconcerned  and  indif 
ferent  it  may  be  easy  to  be  impartial,  but  to  be  so 
where  our  feelings  and  predilections  are  engaged  is 
most  difficult  to  human  nature.  We  may  be  sincere 
and  straightforward,  state  our  opinions  candidly,  and 
speak  our  thoughts  frankly,  and  yet  give  no  sign  or 
promise  of  being  impartial,  but  most  likely  betray 
all  the  more  clearly  how  far  we  are  from  being  so. 

Properly    speaking,    partiality    only    displays    itself 

when  we  have  the  power  of  making  a  choice,  or  of 

showing  a  preference.     If  we  make  that  choice  or  show 

that  preference  without  any  just  reason  or  sufficient 

I  i 


1 62  Moral  Training. 

cause,  merely  through  natural  inclination,  affection,  or 
favour,  whereas  our  duty  calls  on  us  to  see  the  true 
state  of  things,  and  to  give  our  opinion  truly  and 
faithfully,  we  are  partial.  We  are  partial  also  when 
we  try  to  believe  only  what  is  most  pleasing  and 
agreeable  to  us,  and  form  our  judgment  accordingly. 
This  is  clearly  contrary  to  the  observance  of  truth 
fulness,  and  a  serious  hindrance  to  the  practice  of 
justice.  To  acquire  the  true  spirit  of  impartiality 
and  to  learn  how  to  act  justly,  we  must  look  straight 
to  God  and  try  to  see  the  matter  as  He  sees  it.  The 
more  important  the  point  in  question  is,  the  more 
we  should  seek  God's  light  and  direction,  not  only 
in  consideration  of  the  matter  itself,  but  in  regard 
to  the  certainty  that  the  more  our  interest  is  enlisted 
the  more  strongly  our  partiality  will  be  enlisted  also 
if  we  do  not  take  care.  When  we  see  its  power  to 
lead  and  blind  us  in  trifling  things,  we  cannot  doubt 
its  strength  in  greater  matters.  We  have  an  instance 
of  this  in  the  generally  admitted  fact  that  if  a  man 
looks  on  attentively  at  two  strangers  playing  some 
game,  or  engaged  in  some  trial  of  skill,  he  is  sure  to 
wish  for  the  success  of  one  in  preference  to  the  other, 
and  this,  not  from  any  just  reason  he  could  assign, 
but  from  some  attraction  or  feeling  of  partiality  he 
experiences  towards  the  person  he  favours,  and  thus 
justice  and  reason  are  sometimes  over-ruled  in  our 
decisions  and  judgments. 


On  beiii^  'I  rue  and  Trusty.  163 

If  we  can  be  prejudiced  so  easily  without  any  real 
cause,  and  if  we  are  likely  to  become  partial  without 
being  able  to  assign  a  reason,  we  can  understand  how 
liable  and  how  likely  we  are  to  have  our  minds  and 
judgments  warped  and  biassed  in  matters  where  our 
interests  arc  concerned  and  our  feelings  engaged. 
Great  care  is  especially  necessary  if  we  have  to  form 
an  opinion  and  are  obliged  to  come  to  some  decision 
about  the  actions  of  others,  that  our  judgment  may 
not  be  influenced  unduly  either  against  them  or  in 
their  favour.  If  we  feel  inclined  to  condemn  the 
views  or  mode  of  action  of  some  one  we  do  not  like, 
or  for  whom  we  have  no  great  esteem,  it  is  well  to 
imagine  ourselves  in  his  place,  and  then  to  try  and  see 
how  matters  look  from  his  point  of  view.  And  if  we  are 
about  to  condemn  his  acts,  it  is  well,  before  doing  so, 
to  imagine  them  done,  not  by  him,  but  by  one  for 
whom  we  feel  a  strong  regard,  and  then  to  consider 
what  sentence  we  should  pass  on  them,  and  what 
excuses  we  should  make  for  the  doing  of  them. 
Then  if  we  transfer  our  judgment  to  the  conduct  of 
the  person  for  whom  we  have  less  regard,  we  may  rest 
satisfied  that  we  are  not  swayed  by  prejudice.  This 
is,  no  doubt,  an  exercise  of  the  imagination,  but  the 
imagination,  when  it  is  a  help  to  charity,  is  always  a 
help  to  the  ascertainment  of  truth.  The  more  kind 
ness  and  considerateness  we  throw  into  our  opinions 
of  others,  the  more  in  accordance  with  justice  they 


164  Moral  Training. 

are  likely  to  be,  and  consequently  the  more  accuracy 
will  be  found  in  our  decisions  and  judgments. 

One  of  the  most  natural  and  necessary  endowments 
to  enable  us  to  act  and  speak  truthfully  is  moral 
courage.  If  we  observe  ourselves  closely  we  shall  find 
many  things  we  would  rather  leave  unnoticed,  and 
many  things  we  would  prefer  not  having  said,  if  duty 
did  not  oblige  us  to  act  and  to  say  them.  We  know 
some  matters  are  not  in  proper  order  or  going  on 
rightly,  and  we  see  mistakes  that  we  ought  to  correct, 
but  we  consider  that  we  have  sensitive  people  to  act 
with,  and  we  are  afraid  they  may  feel  hurt  if  we  point 
out  what  requires  redress,  or  what  should  be  avoided. 
If  we  think  that  they  might  become  low  and  depressed, 
communication  with  them  would  not  then  be  so 
agreeable;  our  present  peaceable  and  pleasant  inter 
course  would  be  interrupted.  And  so  from  the  dread 
of  this,  or  some  such  inconvenience,  we  are  cowardly 
enough  to  shut  our  eyes  and  to  make  no  allusion  as 
to  what  should  be  remedied.  Our  silence  is  mistaken 
for  approval,  and  it  is  supposed  that  all  is  going  on 
in  accordance  with  our  wishes ;  and  as  we  see  dis 
order  continuing  and  increasing,  we  keep  grumbling 
in  our  own  minds  at  the  carelessness  and  misconduc 
of  others,  overlooking  our  own  indolenc  e  and  un 
mindful  of  our  own  neglect.  A  few  words  said  kindly 
at  first,  but  with  straightforward  honesty,  to  the  re 
sponsible  person,  would  have  set  all  to  rights  and 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  165 

saved  many  blunders  and   mistakes,  involving   much 
pain  and  remorse  afterwards. 

The  want  of  accuracy  in  a  character  displays  itself 
unmistakably  in  the  habit  of  exaggeration,  or  in  the 
mis-statement  of  facts  that  we  are  too  careless  to 
relate  truly,  or  too  indifferent  to  represent  faithfully. 
This  habit  is  likely  to  accompany  us  from  childhood, 
as  children,  besides  being  imaginative,  delight  in 
giving  a  surprise  or  in  creating  a  sensation.  They 
are  also  likely  to  jump  at  conclusions  and  to  colour 
facts  in  accordance  with  their  wishes,  or  embellish 
them  according  to  their  fancy.  It  must  be  confessed 
that  women  are  inclined  to  these  habits,  in  which 
they  would  indulge  unless  they  have  been  brought 
up  with  watchful  care  on  this  point,  and  have  been 
impressed  with  the  importance  of  a  high  appre 
ciation  of  truth  and  accuracy.  I  am  persuaded, 
though  it  may  seem  a  strange  assertion,  that  next 
to  vain  people  it  is  the  amiable  and  the  kindly 
disposed  who  are  most  likely  to  fall  into  the  habit 
of  exaggeration,  and  this  from  their  desire  to  interest 
and  entertain  their  friends.  If  some  accident  or 
adventure  has  happened  to  such  a  person,  he  is 
glad  to  have  an  attractive  or  an  amusing  subject  to 
speak  about,  and  as  he  describes  and  recounts  it  he 
SL-L-S  what  it  is  that  strikes  his  hearers  and  engages 
their  interest,  he  dwells  particularly  on  those  points  in 
his  desire  to  be  agreeable,  and  he  enlarges  on  them, 


1 66  Moral  Training'. 

dilating  and  garnishing  them,  to  gain  sympathy  and 
to  keep  attention,  losing  sight  of  the  simple  facts,  and 
overlooking  the  real  circumstances  of  the  case.  Some 
of  those  who  are  listening  to  him,  and  who  were 
present  at  the  occurrence,  are  surprised  at  his  descrip 
tion  of  it,  as  they  can  trace  but  little  resemblance  to 
the  event  as  it  took  place.  They  are  pained  ard 
amazed  at  his  want  of  truth,  and  lose  faith  and  con 
fidence  in  him,  resolving  in  their  own  minds  to 
attribute  in  future  one-half  to  exaggeration  in  every 
thing  they  may  hear  him  relate. 

Excessive  and  exaggerated  expressions  of  praise 
have  nearly  always  the  opposite  effect  to  what  is 
expected,  and  are  usually  most  injurious  to  our 
friends,  for  violent  partisanship  is  ever  likely  to  create 
opposition.  As,  partly  through  a  spirit  of  contra 
diction  and  partly  through  a  sense  of  truth,  others 
will  deny  the  high  perfections  we  attribute  to  our 
friends.  They  will  even  unduly  depreciate  them,  and 
point  out  faults  that  would  otherwise  have  remained 
unnoticed.  Is  not  "  a  fair  field  and  no  favour " 
the  safest  ground  for  every  one?  On  the  other 
hand,  exaggerated  blame  or  undue  censure  is  sure 
to  do  harm  also.  Like  severe  punishment,  it  will 
go  far  to  prevent  repentance  and  hinder  amendment, 
for  to  some  minds  it  will  appear  not  only  to  expiate 
the  fault  committed,  but  to  outweigh  and  overbalance 
it,  leaving  the  cause  for  complaint  on  the  other  side. 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  167 

The  habit  of  accuracy  will  save  us  from  a  multitude 
of  errors  and  many  misunderstandings  with  those 
around  us,  which  we  are  sure  to  fall  into  if  we  make 
careless  assertions  and  misstatements.  It  will  save 
us  from  being  unjust  to  our  friend  by  stating  his 
opinions  incorrectly  and  representing  him  falsely. 
\Ve  do  this  when  we  give  a  remark  as  spoken  by  him, 
and  while  we  profess  to  repeat  his  expressions,  we 
leave  out  a  word  here  and  put  in  a  word  there ;  then 
alter  altering  the  meaning  and  changing  the  effect,  we 
affirm  that  we  give  the  sentence  as  spoken  by  our 
friend.  This  is  not  only  untrue,  but  doubly  so  to 
our  friend,  for  we  quote  him  wrongly  and  misrepre 
sent  him.  Even  when  we  quote  his  own  words,  but 
out  of  their  true  context,  we  are  false  to  him,  by 
imputing  to  him  views  and  sentiments  which  are  not 
his.  Now,  such  mistakes  and  misrepresentations  are 
often  the  cause  of  great  divisions  among  friends  and 
much  unhappiness  in  families.  Though  we  may  think 
lightly  of  them,  and  as  matters  of  no  moment  when 
they  occur  to  others,  still  when  we  are  ourselves  in 
question  we  see  them  in  a  different  light.  For  there 
are  few  things  more  likely  to  annoy  and  disquiet  us 
than  to  hear  our  words  misquoted  and  our  opinions 
misconceived.  Besides,  there  are  few  things  harder 
to  set  right,  for  the  part  that  is  true  gives  the  colour 
ing  of  truth  to  what  is  false,  and  this  it  is  that  makes  it 
difficult  for  any  amount  of  explanation  to  clear  away. 


1 68  Moral  Training. 

If  we  want  to  be  thoroughly  true  to  our  friend  <ve 
must  be  careful  not  to  quote  him,  or  rather  not  to 
name  him  when  we  quote  him,  except  it  is  something 
excellent  and  praiseworthy,  or  a  matter  of  public 
interest ;  unless,  perhaps,  we  speak  to  a  mutual  friend 
who  understands  us  both  well,  and  can  rightly  appre 
ciate  what  was  said.  Above  all,  we  should  carefully 
avoid  repeating  anything  our  friend  says  to  us  in 
confidence,  no  matter  how  trifling  or  unimportant  it 
may  seem  to  us ;  and  even  what  he  says  in  casual 
corversation  about  himself,  his  personal  concerns,  his 
private  views,  opinions,  and  plans,  should  never  be 
repeated,  unless  he  wishes  us  to  act  or  desires  our 
advice,  and  we  may  require  the  counsel  of  a  third 
person.  I  do  not  say  this  merely  with  regard  to  such 
things  as  may  be  confided  to  us  under  the  promise 
of  secrecy,  for  that  silence  is  then  a  positive  duty  is 
patent  to  every  one,  and  a  duty  we  must  ever  observe. 
Once  a  secret  has  been  confided  to  us,  it  should 
appear  as  if  we  never  heard  it ;  and  if  the  circum 
stances  to  which  it  refers  should  become  generally 
known,  it  is  decidedly  a  breach  of  trust  to  inform 
any  one  that  it  had  been  previously  confided  to  us. 
For  such  a  disclosure,  besides  being  dishonourable 
and  unfair  to  our  friend,  often  causes  disunion  and 
feelings  of  distrust  towards  him  among  others.  Such 
a  disclosure  can  do  us  no  good :  it  only  proves  our 
vanity  and  shows  how  little  we  can  be  relied  on. 


On  being  True  ami  Trusty.  169 

Secrets  are  always  a  burden,  whether  we  cumber 
other  people  with  them  or  take  the  load  on  ourselves, 
so  that  the  knowledge  of  them  should  never  be 
desired  or  sought  after.  At  the  same  time,  our  friend 
ought  to  feel  sure  that  in  any  trouble  or  anxiety  he 
can  always  command  our  fullest  attention,  our  sincere 
sympathy  and  our  best  counsel,  and  he  ought  to 
feel  doubly  sure  that  whatever  he  says  to  us  shall 
never  be  mentioned  or  revealed  to  any  one. 

I  may  be  considered  to  go  too  far  on  this  point 
of  silence,  but  I  hold  that  we  should  be  not  only  true 
to  our  friend  by  keeping  his  confidence,  but  that  we 
should  keep  sacred  also  whatever  a  stranger  may 
confide  to  us  in  his  hour  of  affliction.  Though  what 
he  has  said  might  scarcely  be  considered  a  secret, 
still  our  fellow  creature  has  trusted  us  with  his  feelings 
and  sorrows,  and  what  he  has  spoken  from  his  heart 
in  his  need  of  sympathy  and  comfort,  was  meant 
only  for  our  own  ears,  and  confided  to  our  own 
keeping. 

Even  our  enemy,  should  we  ever  have  one,  ought 
to  feel  satisfied  that  we  would  observe  silence  with 
regard  to  anything  he  ever  confided  to  us  in  the  days 
of  our  friendship;  and  if  we  are  wise  we  shall  never 
lend  a  willing  ear  to  anything  confidential  that  our 
enemy's  former  friend  may  wish  to  say  to  us  about 
him.  or  allow  him  to  reveal  anything  which  was  ever 
•confided  to  him.  We  must  keep  and  even  strive  to 


170  Moral  Training. 

make  our  friends  true  by  guarding  them  from  being 
false,  if  we  expect  them  to  be  true  to  us,  for  we  ma}' 
rest  assured  that  no  one  will  be  true  to  us  who  is 
false  to  another. 

On  this  principle  children  should  never  be  allowed 
to  complain  in  secret  of  any  one  who  has  vexed  them, 
and  young  people  of  more  advanced  years  should  be 
prevented  from  recounting  their  annoyances,  troubles, 
and  difficulties  in  confidence.  This  is  sure  to  make 
them  cowardly,  untruthful,  and  self-engrossed.  We 
know  that  life  is  a  warfare,  and  if  vre  are  rightly 
trained  we  must  be  prepared  to  meet  the  conflict 
bravely  and  resolutely,  like  true  soldiers  of  Christ, 
and  to  meet  calamities,  suffering,  and  trial  with  peace 
ful  endurance,  meekness,  and  resignation.  But  if  we 
have  not  been  accustomed  to  practise  these  virtues 
during  our  youth,  speculative  instruction  on  them 
will  be  but  little  help  in  the  hour  of  need.  People 
generally,  but  above  all  young  people,  seldom  expa 
tiate  on  their  troubles  and  difficulties  without  throwing 
the  blame  on  somebody  else,  and  in  doing  this  they 
are  likely  to  exaggerate  a  good  deal,  and  to  go  far 
beyond  the  truth.  Mothers  and  teachers  act  most  un 
wisely  when  they  permit  or  encourage  the  child  to  com 
plain  to  them  in  this  way.  They  wrongly  believe  that 
by  receiving  his  confidence  unchecked  they  encourage 
him  to  confide  in  them  more  fully,  and  that  they  will 
be  better  able  to  preserve  their  influence  over  him  as 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  171 

he  advances  in  years.  They  could  scarcely  make  a 
greater  mistake,  for  this  method  of  action  is  calculated 
to  destroy  their  influence  for  ever.  The  child  knows 
when  he  has  spoken  too  strongly,  and  has  wronged 
his  brother  or  schoolfellow,  and  becomes  displeased 
and  dissatisfied  with  those  who  allowed  him  to  do  so. 
He  will  feel  doubly  angry  when  the  feeling  of  vexa 
tion  with  his  friend  shall  have  passed  away,  and  while 
treating  him  afterwards  as  a  friend,  he  will  be  con 
scious  that  he  was  false  and  unjust  to  him,  and  had 
acted  deceitfully  by  him,  and  he  will  never  have  full 
reliance  or  entire  trust  again  in  those  who  led  him 
into  this  error,  or  listened  to  him  without  reproof  or 
correction.  I  believe  it  is  only  those  who  adhere 
strictly  to  principle,  not  harshly,  yet  undeviatingly, 
who  can  preserve  a  true  and  healthful  influence  over 
others,  and  any  failure  or  departure  from  it  on  om 
part  is  never  forgotten,  and  I  fear  scarcely  ever  fully 
forgiven  by  those  who  are  placed  under  us. 

Faults  against  trustiness  and  fidelity  may  often 
come  from  thoughtlessness  and  vanity,  and  I  believe 
more  frequently  from  vanity  than  from  anger,  jealousy, 
or  any  other  unsubdued  passion.  Some  persons  when 
they  are  in  a  communicative  mood  know  not  where  to 
stop,  and  often  go  too  far ;  and  if  they  have  much 
vanity  will  often  go  much  farther,  and  not  only 
break  trust  in  some  matters,  but  will  reveal  every 
thing  that  was  ever  confided  to  them.  They  do 


172  Moral  Training. 

this  to  prove  how  much  they  were  trusted  and 
considered,  and  to  show  what  experience  they  have 
had.  The  impression  they  make  on  their  hearers 
is  probably  the  reverse  of  what  they  expected  to 
produce.  For  we  must  all  confess  that  the  value 
we  set  on  any  person  depends  on  the  reliance  we 
can  place  on  him.  And  the  esteem  we  entertain  for 
him  is  according  to  the  trust  we  have  in  him.  We 
are  estimated  in  like  manner  by  our  neighbours,  and 
no  matter  what  gifts  and  talents  we  may  possess,  we 
have  no  worth  in  the  estimation  of  God  or  man  without 
faith  and  fidelity.  Even  with  regard  to  God  Himself, 
do  we  not  reverence  Him  in  the  same  degree  that 
we  believe  in  Him  ?  and  do  we  not  love  Him  in  the 
same  measure  as  we  have  trust  in  Him  ?  There  is 
one  subject  on  which  persons  frequently  speak  untruly 
and  unfairly,  and  consequently  it  is  one  we  ought  to 
avoid  talking  about  except  to  a  really  true  friend, 
who  is  honest  enough  to  speak  the  plain  truth,  and 
to  put  the  right  view  before  us, — and  that  subject 
is  oneself.  Whenever  we  comment  on  our  own 
character  and  disposition,  or  expatiate  on  and  de 
clare  our  motives  and  intentions,  we  are  liable  to 
deviate  from  the  truth,  and  what  we  endeavour  to 
draw  from  others  on  such  occasions  is  more  certain 
to  lead  us  still  farther  from  it.  As  a  rule  it  is  always 
better  to  talk  about  things  than  about  persons  :  it  is 
safer  for  truth  and  still  safer  for  charity. 


On  being'  True  and  Trusty.  173 

It  is  a  strange  phase  in  the  human  mind  and  one 
that  clearly  indicates  our  fallen  state,  that  while  the 
desire  and  appreciation  of  the  truth  is  always  a  source 
of  joy  to  the  heart  of  man,  and  the  faithful  expression 
of  it  to  others  is  always  a  source  of  peace  and  satis 
faction  to  us,  still  the  process  of  investigating  the 
truth  about  ourselves,  and  the  declaring  of  that  truth  to 
ourselves  when  we  have  discovered  it,  is  by  no  means 
always  agreeable  or  pleasing  to  us.  We  are  glad  to 
acquire  every  other  kind  of  knowledge,  but  we  shrink 
from  this  alone.  No  doubt,  to  undeceive  ourselves 
entails  great  labour  and  is  a  difficult  task.  To  remove 
false  ideas  and  conceits  we  have  of  ourselves,  and  the 
wrong  impressions  which  the  false  representations  of 
ethers  may  have  induced,  is  a  wearisome  and  irksome 
labour. 

We  shall  find  much  help,  and  it  will  be  of  the 
greatest  assistance  to  us  through  life,  if  we  impress 
on  our  minds  this  simple  truth,  and  keep  it  always 
in  our  hearts,  that  we  are  only  what  we  are  in  the 
sight  of  God  and  nothing  more.  If  we  lose  sight 
of  this,  we  are  sure  to  be  deceived,  because  then 
we  are  sure  to  put  a  false  value  on  ourselves, 
and  to  measure  ourselves  by  a  wrong  standard,  and 
also  to  make  the  opinion  of  others  the  law  and  the 
governing  power  of  our  lives  ;  as  they  applaud  and 
approve  of  us,  we  esteem  ourselves  and  grow  in  self- 
importance,  and  as  they  censure  and  depreciate  us, 


174  Moral  Training. 

we  become  depressed  and  desponding.  If  we  were 
once  thoroughly  convinced  that  we  are  only  what  we 
are  in  the  sight  of  God,  that  nothing  else  is  true  about 
us,  and  that  nothing  is  to  our  advantage  but  what  He 
approves,  or  to  our  disadvantage  but  what  he  repro 
bates,  we  should  become  indifferent  to  the  opinions  ot 
others,  and  uninfluenced  by  human  respect.  We 
should  then  look  straight  to  God  in  everything,  regard 
less  of  praise  or  dispraise,  and  insensible  to  flattery 
while  filled  with  the  one  desire  of  pleasing  Him.  To 
the  really  truth-loving  soul  flattery  is  always  distasteful 
and  even  painful.  It  is  wounding  to  him  as  so  much 
falsehood.  From  the  knowledge  he  has  of  himself, 
it  takes  the  form  of  truth  in  his  eyes,  but  under  the 
garb  of  irony. 

When  we  come  to  the  question  of  telling  ourselves 
the  truth,  we  find  all  we  can  learn  is  very  little,  and 
very  humbling  to  human  pride,  and  though  easily 
told,  it  is  hard  to  be  realized.  It  is  simply  this.  All 
good  comes  from  God,  and  we  have  nothing  good 
of  ourselves.  He  has  entrusted  us  with  great  and 
wonderful  gifts,  but  they  are  his  gratuitous  graces 
and  blessings.  We  are  to  trade  with  them  until  He- 
comes,  when  we  must  give  Him  a  strict  account 
of  all,  even  of  the  very  least.  Now  as  we  are  nothing 
of  ourselves,  and  as  every  good  gift  comes  from 
God,  all  we  can  know  about  ourselves  is  by  inquiring 
what  use  we  have  made  of  the  talents  committed  to 


On  being  True  and  Trusty.  175 

our  keeping,  whether  we  have  turned  them  to  profit, 
or  whether  we  have  left  them  idle  or  misused  them. 
If  we  claim  them  as  our  own  production  and  con 
struction,  we  are  false  and  dishonest;  if  we  turn  them 
against  the  Giver,  to  offend  Him,  and  violate  His 
laws,  our  perfidy  and  guilt  are  all  the  greater.  So 
all  we  can  learn  of  ourselves  are  our  sins  and  offences, 
for  we  have  nothing  else  of  our  own.  When  we 
know  them  thoroughly,  we  shall  then,  and  only  then, 
know  ourselves. 

If  we  have  used  any  of  God's  gifts  rightly  and 
according  to  His  will,  it  has  been  entirely  through 
His  grace  and  by  His  help,  and  we  owe  Him  deep 
gratitude  for  enabling  us  to  do  so,  for  sustaining  and 
upholding  us,  and  for  calling  us  into  existence  at  all — 
being  what  we  are  ! 

God's  infinite  mercy  and  wonderful  forbearance 
will  strike  us  forcibly  when  we  consider  what 
it  is  to  be  true  to  God.  For  then  the  cause  of 
our  being  and  the  object  of  our  existence,  which  is 
to  know  and  serve  God,  come  clearly  before  us,  to 
do  Him  honour  and  give  Him  glory.  This  revelation 
of  our  duty  puts  us  in  our  true  position  before  Him 
as  His  servants,  and  declares  to  us  our  obligation 
to  look  first  to  Him  in  everything  and  to  do  His 
will  in  all  things,  and  gives  us  our  right  place  as 
His  children,  with  the  duty  we  owe  Him  in  seeking 
His  honour  and  gaining  His  glory,  by  the  watchful 


i/6  Moral  Training. 

observance  of  His  law,  and  the  faithful  and  loving 
fulfilment  of  the  least  intimation  of  his  will. 

What  a  blessing  to  fulfil  our  high  calling  to  walk 
worthily  of  our  noble  destiny !  What  a  blessing  it 
would  be  to  us  if  we  were  as  true  to  God  as  the 
faithful  watch-dog  is  to  his  master,  standing  by  him 
on  all  occasions,  often  seemingly  unnoticed  and  over 
looked,  but  still  always  devoted  and  on  the  watch  for 
his  master's  call  and  his  master's  interests.  Every 
sign,  the  slightest  word  or  the  least  expression  of  his 
master's  will  is  instantly  obeyed  and  carried  out  at 
once.  He  is  forgetful  of  himself,  and  entirely  regard 
less  of  the  fatigue  and  suffering  it  may  cost  him.  He 
is  satisfied,  and  even  rewarded  to  the  full  in  being 
at  times  allowed  to  sit  at  his  master's  feet,  thoroughly 
happy  at  being  tolerated  there.  What  ineffable  happi 
ness  it  would  bring  us  if  we  were  as  true  to  God,  yet, 
it  ought  not  to  be  too  much  to  expect  of  a  rational 
and  immortal  being,  or  to  ask  of  a  redeemed  soul 
to  be  as  faithful  and  devoted  to  his  Heavenly  Master 
and  Divine  Saviour,  Who  has  bought  him  at  a  great 
price,  and  desires  his  heart,  that  he  may  abide  in 
truth,  in  the  union  of  love,  and  the  enjoyment  of 
peace.  Pere  Surin,  S.J.,  says :  "  Union  with  God  is 
the  enjoyment  of  truth  ". 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

HUMILITY  AND  SIMPLICITY. 

OUR  Divine  Saviour  alone  can  teach  us  true  humility, 
and  we  can  only  learn  it  by  follo\ving  His  precepts 
and  imitating  His  example.  But  in  practising  this 
virtue  in  our  present  and  perverted  state,  we  ought 
to  call  to  our  aid  the  remembrance  of  our  faults  and 
failings,  and  to  humble  ourselves,  considering  our 
defects  and  errors.  The  essence  of  humility  does  not 
however  consist  in  this  practice,  as  Christ  could  not 
employ  it.  It  is,  nevertheless,  a  necessary  help  to 
fallen  man  to  vanquish  his  pride  and  conquer  his  self- 
complacency. 

Humility  is  a  virtue  which  inclines  the  will  to 
sincere  self-abasement  and  self  abjection.  It  is  estab 
lished  and  promoted  by  the  knowledge  through  which 
we  recognize  ourselves  to  be  what  we  are,  and  it 
leads  us  to  manifest  this  knowledge  by  our  outward 
actions.  Again,  humility  consists  in  overcoming  and 
keeping  down  all  self-esteem,  and  in  subduing  the 
frail  and  vain  tendency  of  our  poor  weak  nature  to 
exalt  ourselves  above  ourselves,  above  our  deserts. 

This  results  from  the  true  knowledge  we  have  of  our- 
12 


178  Moral  Training. 

selves,  and  the  conviction  of  our  own  hearts  that  we 
are  nothing  of  ourselves.  In  other  words,  humility 
is  truth,  and  it  is  derived  from  the  true  knowledge  of 
God  and  of  ourselves,  and  contrasting  the  knowledge 
we  have  of  ourselves,  our  nothingness  and  misery, 
with  God's  infinite  perfections  and  goodness,  we 
recognize  our  own  baseness  and  despise  ourselves. 
And  as  we  become  lowly  in  our  own  opinion,  we 
more  and  more  reverence  and  obey  God,  keep  His 
law,  and  submit  to  others  for  His  sake. 

To  make  this  matter  clearer  we  shall  divide  the 
subject  into  two  points.  The  first  we  shall  designate, 
for  the  present,  humility  of  the  intellect  or  under 
standing.  The  second,  humility  of  the  heart  or  will. 
The  humility  of  the  understanding  is  a  true  know 
ledge  and  a  clear  conviction  of  our  own  nothingness. 
We  are  nothing  and  we  have  nothing,  but  what  we 
have  received,  and  besides  this  nothingness  we  have 
the  vileness  and  wretchedness  of  our  sins,  faults, 
and  shortcomings.  This  galling  assertion  may  be 
a  difficulty  to  some  minds.  They  may  ask,  how  can 
anything  that  exists  be  nothing?  and  how  can  it  be 
really  true  that  we  are  nothing,  seeing  we  have  a 
body,  and  knowing  we  have  an  immortal  soul,  made 
unto  God's  likeness,  and  gifted  with  reason  and  free 
will?  St.  Paul  tells  us:  "If  any  man  think  himself 
to  be  something,  whereas  he  is  nothing,  he  deceiveth 
himself".  Almighty  God  created  us,  as  He  created 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  179 

the  earth,  out  of  nothing,  we  are  nothing  and  have 
nothing  of  ourselves,  but  God  in  His  infinite  good 
ness  confers  upon  us,  or  rather  consigns  to  our 
keeping  some  of  His  most  valuable  possessions  and 
treasures.  They  are  not  from  ourselves,  so  we  must 
not  glory  in  them.  They  are  His,  and  to  be  used 
according  to  His  will  until  the  moment  of  death, 
when  we  must  render  him  an  account,  "even  to  the 
la^t  farthing,"  then  indeed  we  shall  know  that  we  are 
nothing,  and  have  nothing  but  what  we  have  received 
from  Him  except  our  sins. 

To  speak  correctly,  what  is  called  humility  of  the 
understanding,  or  otherwise  self-knowledge,  is  not  the 
virtue  of  humility,  though  it  is  essentially  necessary  to 
that  virtue,  as  necessary  as  light  is  to  the  growth  of  the 
plant.  Light  does  not  create  the  plant,  which,  neverthe 
less,  without  it,  cannot  live  or  grow.  So  self-knowledge, 
nourishes  and  strengthens  humility  when  it  is  con 
ferred  by  God's  grace  and  enlivened  by  Divine  love. 
Perhaps  it  would  be  clearer  to  represent  the  matter 
in  this  way.  Self-knowledge  is  the  ground  in  which 
the  tree  of  humility  is  planted,  and  the  root  of  this 
tree  is  the  knowledge  of  God.  As  the  ground  is 
trenched  and  broken  up  by  contrition,  and  fertilized 
by  the  heavenly  dew  of  grace,  the  root  strikes  through 
it,  taking  a  firm  hold  and  lasting  possession.  Trie- 
stem  grows  and  throws  out  its  branches  on  all  sides, 
spreading  and  expanding  as  the  tree  increases  in 


ISO  Moral  Training. 

growth,  and  on  these  branches  all  other  virtues  are 
grafted. 

Self-knowledge  of  itself  and  without  the  grace  of 
God  does  not  incline  the  will  to  humility.  But  it 
often  has  the  contrary  effect,  as  we  see  in  the  case 
of  some  who  are,  and  are  conscious  of  being,  great 
criminals.  The  clear  remembrance  of  their  crimes, 
the  weight  and  consideration  of  their  guilt  often 
harden  them  the  more,  and  make  them  more 
desperate  and  reckless,  until  they  acquire  some  know 
ledge  of  God,  a  glimmering  of  hope,  and  a  touch  of 
contrition.  Then  self-knowledge  by  the  aid  of  grace 
begets  true  humility.  It  softens  the  hardest  hearts 
and  bows  the  proudest  spirit  down  to  the  earth  under 
the  mighty  hand  of  God.  Judas  knew  himself.  He 
possessed  self-knowledge,  but  when  he  turned  away 
from  God  and  resisted  grace,  the  terrible  conscious 
ness  of  his  crime,  in  its  awful  depth  and  darkness, 
took  full  possession  of  his  soul,  to  the  extinction  and 
exclusion  of  the  true  knowledge  of  God  and  the 
remembrance  of  His  infinite  mercy,  and  separated 
him  from  his  Divine  Master  for  ever.  Surely  if  any 
of  us  knew  ourselves  really  and  thoroughly,  without 
knowing  God,  His  mercy,  goodness,  and  charity, 
should  we  not  despair?  Was  it  not  from  the  con 
viction  of  this  truth  that  St.  Augustine  prays  :  "  Lord, 
teach  me  to  know  Thee,"  before  he  cries  "Teach 
me  to  know  myself"?  And  St.  Francis  of  Assisl 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  181 

says  :    "  Who  art  Thou,  O    Lord  ?  "  before  he    asks, 
"Who  am  I?" 

We  must  allow  that  the  knowledge  and  remem 
brance  of  our  sins  and  failings  is  humbling  to  us, 
and  we  may  readily  admit  that  as  God  called  us  into 
existence,  and  conferred  upon  us  life  and  being  and 
all  our  powers  of  soul  and  body,  we  belong  to  Him 
as  our  Creator,  and  that  we  cannot  justly  attribute 
any  of  these  things  to  ourselves,  or  claim  them,  or 
take  pride  in  them  as  our  own.  Yet,  surely,  we  may- 
count  as  ours  any  good  works  we  may  have  done, 
or  think  we  have  done  through  life?  But  here  again 
the  grace  of  true  humility  undeceives  us.  If  we  have 
ever  performed  a  good  action,  it  was  done  by  God's 
grace  and  God's  help,  for  our  Blessed  Lord  tells  us 
distinctly  :  "  Without  Me  you  can  do  nothing  ".  And 
yet  in  his  boundless  mercy  He  will  reward  us  eter 
nally  for  the  concurrence  and  co-operation  of  our  will. 
Though  that  also  is  a  special  gift  and  grace  from 
Him.  No  action  is  worthy  of  merit  unless  it  is  done 
in  the  state  of  grace.  It  may  be  generous  and  wise, 
and  it  may  bring  us  temporal  rewards,  but  not  an  ever 
lasting  recompense,  except  it  be  by  the  blessing  of  con 
trition  and  conversion.  Sanctifying  grace  is  a  free  gift  of 
God,  purchased  by  His  Precious  Blood,  and  conferred 
upon  us  with  the  pardon  of  our  sins,  when  He  admits 
us  to  His  friendship.  But  besides  sanctifying  grace 
ive  require  the  aids  of  actual  grace  in  the  perfor- 


1 82  Moral  Training. 

rnance  of  every  good  action,  which  God  alone  gives 
us  voluntarily  arid  gratuitously,  and  of  His  own 
infinite  goodness.  Therefore  if  God  enables  us  to 
do  any  good  work  for  Him  we  have  nothing  to 
glory  in,  nothing  even  on  which  to  rest  a  self- 
-complacent  thought,  no  matter  how  well  it  may  be 
done  and  even  with  the  best  dispositions,  as  He  alone 
did  it,  and  accomplished  it  in  us  and  by  us,  for  all 
good  is  in  God  and  from  God.  But  when  we  think 
of  all  the  faults,  errors,  and  sins  that  stain  and  dis 
figure  our  daily  life,  then  we  discover  our  special 
work,  and  find  we  have  nothing  to  be  proud  of,  but 
much  to  humble  us  even  in  our  noblest  and  holiest 
actions.  So,  true  knowledge  of  ourselves  leads  to 
humility  of  heart  and  entire  submission  to  God  as 
the  Author  and  source  of  all  good.  This  acknow 
ledgement  in  no  way  hinders  the  recognition  of  the 
many  and  great  things  God  has  given  us.  In  fact 
the  more  we  realize  and  are  convinced  of  our  nothing 
ness  and  vileness,  the  more  clearly  we  see  and  freely 
admit  with  wonder  and  gratitude  the  gifts  and  graces 
we  have  received. 

There  is  nothing  false,  cowardly,  or  pusillanimous 
in  true  humility,  but  quite  the  reverse.  It  makes  us 
honest,  brave,  and  resolute.  For  few  are  stronger 
than  those  who  have  measured  truly  the  weakness  of 
their  own  hearts,  and  then  lean  solely  on  God  for 
help,  relying  on  His  mercy  and  shielded  by  His 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  183 

grace.  Humility  alone  enables  us  to  say :  "  I 
can  do  all  things  in  Him  Who  strengthens  me". 
So  it  is  that  by  placing  all  our  confidence  in 
God  we  can  undertake  the  task  duty  puts  before 
us,  and  encounter  labours  and  difficulties  with 
courage,  perseverance,  and  peace  of  mind.  Our  Lord 
wishes  us  to  profit  and  to  trade  with  the  gifts  He 
confers  on  us.  He  tells  us  that  the  wicked  and 
slothful  servant  was  cast  out  and  punished,  not  for 
wasting  or  misusing  his  lord's  money,  but  for  not 
turning  it  to  account,  and  leaving  it  buried,  which  was 
done  from  a  cowardly,  servile  fear,  and  the  want  of 
all  confidence  and  trust  in  God. 

True  humility  gives  strength  and  courage,  and  also 
brings  peace  to  the  soul.  It  is  a  gift  from  God  and  a 
light  from  Heaven.  Our  Saviour  says  to  us  :  "  Learn 
of  Me.  for  I  am  meek  and  humble  of  heart".  He 
alone  can  teach  it.  He  blessed  this  earth  with  it 
when  He  bestowed  it  on  His  Blessed  Mother  and 
practised  it  in  perfection  Himself. 

The  first  degree  in  the  practice  of  humility  teaches 
us,  that  if  we  are  true  we  must  be  humble  ;  if  we  are 
true  to  God  and  truthful  to  ourselves,  we  must  humble 
ourselves  in  God's  presence  and  acknowledge  our 
weakness  and  misery.  From  the  conviction  of  our 
nothingness  and  lowliness,  we  honour  and  worship 
God,  obey  His  law,  and  observe  His  commandments, 
and  all  the  more  readily  submit  to  His  will  and  to 


184  Moral  Training. 

1 1  is  creatures  for  His  sake.  The  more  we  know  the 
truth  about  ourselves,  the  more  consideration  we  shall 
have  for  others.  We  shall  submit  to  them  more  easily 
and  be  less  exacting,  as  well  as  more  tolerant  of  and 
patient  with  their  faults  and  defects.  We  shall  under 
stand  them  better  when  we  understand  ourselves. 

As  we  advance  in  the  practice  of  humility  to  the 
second  degree,  we  shall  aim  at  conformity  with  God's 
will,  and  strive  to  have  no  will  but  His,  avoiding 
everything  and  anything  that  would  displease  Him, 
even  at  any  cost,  and  submitting  in  a  spirit  of  the 
deepest  reverence  and  love.  As  the  humble  man 
makes  progress  in  this  degree,  he  despises  himself, 
considers  himself  inferior  to  every  one,  and  treats 
all  with  due  submission,  respect,  and  courtesy.  He 
dreads  and  shuns  praise  as  so  much  untruth  and 
dishonesty.  He  knows  that  before  God  he  is  un 
deserving  of  it  and  has  no  right  to  it,  therefore  he 
must  regard  himself  either  as  a  fool  or  an  imposter  if 
he  accepts  it  as  his  due. 

We  must  here  meet  a  difficulty  that  may  present 
itself.  It  may  be  asked,  Is  it  just,  and  in  accordance 
with  truth,  to  think  and  believe  that  we  are  inferior  to 
every  one?  We  readily  admit  that  good  and  holy 
souls  are  far  above  us,  but  to  put  ourselves  below, 
and  consider  ourselves  worse  than  the  greatest  sinners 
and  criminals,  sounds  like  exaggeration,  and  looks  as 
if  we  were  stretching  the  point  too  far,  even  into 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  185 

falsehood.  Now  let  us  look  closer  into  this  matter 
Suppose  that  the  person  we  prefer  ourselves  to,  and 
look  down  upon,  happens  to  have  been  a  great  sinner, 
and  guilty  of  crimes  we  know  we  have  never  conr 
mitted,  still  we  do  not  know  the  present  state  of  his 
soul.  He  may  have  repented  and  obtained  pardon. 
Simon  the  Pharisee  condemned  St.  Mary  Magdalen 
in  his  heart  at  the  moment  our  Divine  Saviour 
declared  her  sins  were  forgiven.  Besides,  we  do  not 
know  the  dispositions,  or  the  amount  of  ignorance 
with  regard  to  what  is  right  and  wrong,  or  perhaps 
the  indeliberateness  with  which  these  deeds  were 
done.  In  the  sight  of  God  we  may  be  much  more 
guilty,  he  may  be  innocent  of  many  other  sins  we 
have  committed,  and  committed  against  the  dictates 
of  conscience  and  the  light  of  God's  grace.  We  may 
well  believe  that  if  the  most  depraved  soul  on  earth 
had  received  all  the  gifts,  graces,  and  aids,  the  instruc 
tion  and  example,  the  protection  and  the  care,  with 
which  we  have  been  blessed  from  childhood,  he 
would  have  corresponded  to  them  more  faithfully, 
and  not  wasted  them  as  we  have  done.  So  we  have 
more  to  answer  for,  as  "  where  much  is  given,  much 
shall  be  required  ".  We  know  our  own  shortcomings 
and  sins,  and  the  malice  and  weakness  of  our  own 
hearts.  We  do  not  know  so  much  evil  of  any  one 
else,  and  so  we  may  well  put  ourselves  last,  and 
believe  ourselves  inferior  to  all. 


1 86  Moral  Training. 


This  third  degree  of  humility  is  indeed  very  high 
perfection,  it  is  a  grace  that  only  comes  from  an 
ardent,  generous,  devoted  love  of  God,  and  a  true 
conviction  of  our  own  nothingness  and  sinfulness. 
Great  and  sincere  love  of  God  fills  the  heart  with 
the  desire  to  follow  the  example  of  our  Blessed  Lord, 
10  imitate  Him  and  resemble  Him,  in  labours,  in 
suffering,  and  in  ignominy.  The  humble  soul  in  this 
degree  not  only  avoids  praise,  respect,  and  honour, 
but  prefers  neglect  and  obscurity.  Even  the  con 
tempt  of  the  wicked  is  desirable  for  the  love  of  our 
Divine  Saviour,  and  in  the  hope  of  following  in  His 
footsteps,  of  pleasing  Him,  and  of  growing  in  His  love 
more  and  more  until  united  to  Him  in  eternity. 

Self-knowledge  comes  to  our  help  also  in  this 
degree,  as  in  the  light  of  God's  love  we  realize  and 
see  more  clearly  what  we  really  are,  we  learn  to 
despise  ourselves  and  see  we  are  deserving  of  con 
demnation.  We  do  not,  therefore,  expect  the  esteem 
of  others,  we  are  willing  that  all  should  see  us  as  God 
sees  us.  We  are  content  to  be  despised  by  the 
wicked,  as  in  this  we  are  drawn  to  a  nearer  resem 
blance  to  Jesus  Christ  Who  was  so  despised. 

Humility  is  acquired  by  earnest  prayer,  and  the 
faithful  practice  of  it.  These  are  of  course  necessary, 
for  the  acquisition  of  all  virtue,  but  most  especially 
for  humility,  for  the  most  fervent  prayer  is  requisite 
to  give  strength  to  overcome  the  innate  pride  of  the 


II n iml i ty  and  Simplicity.  187 

human  heart,  as  God's  grace  alone  can  subdue  it. 
We  should  pray  for  true,  courageous,  and  loving  hearts. 
True,  in  examining  and  seeing  ourselves  as  we  really 
are,  and  in  testifying  that  knowledge  in  all  our  acts 
towards  God  and  man.  Courageous  in  encountering 
the  trials,  troubles,  and  warfare  of  life  with  patience 
and  submission.  And  loving  hearts,  in  fulfilling  God's 
law,  and  doing  His  will  in  all  things  with  distrust  of 
self,  but  with  entire  confidence  in  Him.  Exterior  acts 
are  also  necessary  to  acquire  the  habit  of  humility, 
such  as  words  and  actions.  With  regard  to  words, 
we  must  carefully  avoid  saying  anything  in  our  own 
praise,  even  for  the  sake  of  example,  or  in  the  hope  of 
edifying  others,  except  in  circumstances  of  extremely 
rare  occurrence,  and  then  we  ought  to  enter  deeply 
into  our  own  nothingness  and  into  the  praises  of -God 
ior  His  gifts.*  And  with  regard  to  actions,  there 
are  two  distinct  ways  of  performing  these  profitably, 
first  by  accepting  cheerfully  all  things  which  present 
themselves  which  are  not  of  our  own  seeking,  and 
are  trying  to  our  self-love  and  humiliating  to  us. 
For  instance,  the  shame  and  confusion  our  errors  and 
faults  may  bring  to  us,  the  failure  of  our  undertakings, 
and  also  all  the  inconvenience  and  annoyance  caused 
by  our  neglect  and  thoughtlessness,  or  through  our 
want  of  ability  and  experience.  And  next,  we  must 
bear  with  meekness  and  patience  all  that  is  said  and 
*  St.  I'.iul,  pds$ini. 


1 88  Moral  Training. 

done  to  us  by  others  which  may  be  hurtful  to  oui 
pride  and  wounding  to  our  vanity,  all  that  is  un 
charitable  and  unkind,  the  endurance  of  severe 
criticism  and  censure,  and  the  infliction  of  rudeness 
and  incivility,  whilst  we  desire  and  endeavour  to 
serve  and  oblige  all  who  come  within  the  sphere  of 
our  influence.  These  and  such  like  trials  are  sent 
or  permitted  by  God  to  exercise  our  humility,  so  that 
by  availing  ourselves  of  them  we  may  overcome  our 
pride  and  become  meek  and  humble  of  heart. 

The  second  way  of  practising  humility  is  by  im 
posing  humbling  acts  on  ourselves,  and  doing  such 
things  voluntarily.  When  these  are  any  way  remark 
able  so  as  to  draw  attention  upon  us,  and  the  notice 
of  others,  they  should  be  avoided  as  most  dangerous 
to  humility,  because  they  are  likely  to  nourish  in  its 
stead  pride  and  vanity,  at  least  in  the  souls  of  those 
who  are  not  as  yet  saints,  and  in  whom  we  usually 
find  such  outward  acts  to  come  from  a  special  im 
pulse  of  Divine  grace.  The  humiliations  that  God 
sends  are  the  best  and  safest  for  us,  if  we  use  them 
rightly.  He  knows  our  defects  and  where  we  are 
likely  to  fail,  and  what  will  do  us  most  good,  and 
He  will  never  try  us  above  our  strength.  It  is 
important  to  keep  this  truth  in  our  minds,  for  some 
souls  lose  courage  when  told  that  humiliation  is  the 
road  to  humility.  They  are  deterred  from  praying 
for  humility,  thinking  that  it  is  quite  the  same  thing 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  189 

as  to  pray  for  sufferings,  and  knowing  the  weakness 
of  their  hearts,  they  dare  not  do  so.  Surely  this  is 
wronging  our  Heavenly  Father !  We  ought  to  feel 
certain  He  will  never  put  a  burden  on  us  that  He 
will  not  help  us  to  bear.  He  will  never  give  us  a 
"stone  when  we  ask  for  bread,"  but  the  more  we 
seek  and  entreat  for  humility  the  more  peace  and  joy 
He  will  give  our  souls. 

SIMPLICITY. 

True  simplicity  belongs  to  the  virtue  of  faith. 
When  faith  is  firm  and  strong,  simplicity  grows  and 
increases,  and  as  faith  declines,  simplicity  declines, 
for  it  rests  on  confidence  and  trust.  Simplicity  looks 
direct  to  God  with  full  and  childlike  confidence, 
having  but  one  thought,  to  please  Him.  This 
produces  a  singleness  of  purpose  which  pervades 
all  our  actions,  vivifies  each  of  them,  giving  it  a 
value  it  would  not  otherwise  possess.  In  true  single 
ness  of  purpose  there  is  earnestness,  strength,  and 
perseverance.  It  combines  "The  strong  will  and  the 
endeavour,"  with  a  high  and  firm  resolve.  It  also 
wins  from  heaven  that  great  gift  to  the  soul  of  man, 
forgetfulness  of  self,  which  is  more  than  being  un 
selfish,  as  it  betokens  a  greater  amount  of  grace  when 
we  are  unmindful  of  self,  than  when  we  overcome 
our  selfish  tendenc'es  with  an  effoit.  The  simple 


IQO  J\Ioral  Training. 

man  does  not  revert  to  himself,  or  think  about  him 
self.  He  looks  straight  to  God,  and  acts  only  with 
the  single  view  of  honouring  Him  and  doing  His  will, 
and  this  saves  him  from  many  faults  and  defects  in 
his  daily  actions.  Simplicity  is  of  higher  excellence 
than  sincerity.  The  sincere  man  may  be  very  honest, 
truthful,  and  candid,  still  the  habit  of  being  sincere 
may  centre  in  himself.  He  may  be  ever  occupied 
with  the  fear  that  he  is  misunderstood,  or  with  the 
dread  that  he  is  misinterpreted,  or  mistaken  for  what 
he  is  not.  Whereas  simplicity  lifts  the  mind  of  self 
and  all  selfish  views  to  the  presence  of  God,  where 
the  brightness  of  His  truth  and  the  light  of  His 
love  make  us  forgetful  of  ourselves  but  thoughtful 
of  God's  honour  and  mindful  of  His  glory. 

The  practice  or  habit  of  simplicity  brings  us  great 
blessing  for  this  world  and  the  next,  for  it  leads 
to  the  possession  of  three  gifts,  the  highest  and  the 
noblest  that  the  soul  of  man  can  enjoy.  The  union 
of  the  heart  and  mind  with  God ;  the  knowledge 
of  truth  ;  and  the  principle  of  order.  Fiist,  Simplicity 
draws  the  soul  direct  to  God,  that  it  may  know  His 
good  pleasure  and  fulfil  His  will,  referring  all  to 
Him  as  our  last  end,  and  resting  in  Him  with  implicit 
trust  and  confidence.  Secondly,  by  looking  first  to 
God,  we  see  all  things  in  the  light  of  His  truth,  we 
see  what  they  are  in  regard  to  Him,  His  purpose 
and  intentions,  and  conforming  our  judgment  with 


Humility  and  Simplicity.  191 

His  views,  we  give  everything  its  true  value,  and  so 
seek  His  justice  and  abide  in  His  truth  in  thought 
and  action.  Thirdly,  by  giving  God  the  first  place 
in  all  things  and  in  everything,  we  form  for  ourselves 
the  true  mariner's  compass,  which  will  guide  us  safely 
and  surely  through  the  voyage  of  life.  It  will  not 
only  aid  us  to  reach  Him,  and  the  haven  of  our  souls, 
but  it  will  assign  and  limit  all  things  else  to  their 
proper  places  and  preserve  them  in  their  proper 
order.  For  it  leads  us  to  look  to  the  primary  and 
main  object  of  everything,  and  to  make  sure  that 
this  shall  be  first  attended  to  and  first  fulfilled,  as  far 
as  matters  are  under  our  control.  This  I  believe 
is  the  true  secret  and  sure  way  of  observing  and 
maintaining  order,  even  in  the  smallest  details  of  our 
duty. 

The  perfection  of  order  manifested  in  all  God's 
•vorks  reveals  to  us  His  love  of  it,  and  we  know 
we  please  Him  in  proportion  as  we  observe  it  in 
all  we  do,  for  His  glory  and  in  His  honour.  Every 
soul  in  every  state  of  life  is  loved,  guarded,  and 
guided  by  God  for  the  fulfilment  of  this  end,  and 
each  individual  has  special  work  to  do  for  Him, 
which  if  faithful  to  His  law,  we  shall  perform  in 
our  duties  to  Him,  to  our  neighbours,  and  ourselves 
according  to  the  decrees  of  Divine  Providence.  These 
duties  are  various,  some  seem  opposed  to  each  other, 
\nd  many  appear  of  equal  importance.  But  once 


192  Moral  Training. 

we  direct  our  attention  to  God,  to  know  His  will 
as  our  guiding  star,  then  all  things  fall  into  their 
places,  one  subordinate  to  the  other,  and  all  tending 
to  the  perfecting  of  our  life  in  the  state  and  calling 
that  He  designs  for  us.  The  desire  to  do  God's 
will  brings  us  back  to  the  true  sense  of  our  existence 
and  the  main  purpose  of  our  being.  By  keeping  this 
supreme  aim  in  view  in  all  our  actions,  it  in  no  way 
hinders  us  from  giving  full  and  due  attention  to  each 
separate  duty,  but  on  the  contrary  it  makes  us  more 
exact,  prompt,  and  faithful.  Simplicity  makes  us 
straightforward,  generous,  and  unsuspicious.  It  has 
a  perception  and  clear  instinct  of  what  is  false,  it 
discerns  deceit  more  readily,  and  protects  us  more 
securely  than  worldly  prudence  or  wily  wisdom  ever 
can  do. 

We  shall  all  become  perfectly  simple  at  the  hour  of 
death,  and  we  shall  then  recognise  its  real  value  when 
the  soul,  with  one  hope  and  one  desire,  stands  before 
God  in  judgment. 


598.97